netem userspace has long relied on a horrible /proc/net/psched hack
to translate the current notion of "ticks" to nanoseconds.
Expressing latency and jitter instead, in well defined nanoseconds,
increases the dynamic range of emulated delays and jitter in netem.
It will also ease a transition where reducing a tick to nsec
equivalence would constrain the max delay in prior versions of
netem to only 4.3 seconds.
Signed-off-by: Dave Taht <dave.taht@gmail.com>
Suggested-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
FACK loss detection has been disabled by default and the
successor RACK subsumed FACK and can handle reordering better.
This patch removes FACK to simplify TCP loss recovery.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyaranjan Jha <priyarjha@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a per-device sysctl to specify the default traffic class to use for
kernel originated IPv6 Neighbour Discovery packets.
Currently this includes:
- Router Solicitation (ICMPv6 type 133)
ndisc_send_rs() -> ndisc_send_skb() -> ip6_nd_hdr()
- Neighbour Solicitation (ICMPv6 type 135)
ndisc_send_ns() -> ndisc_send_skb() -> ip6_nd_hdr()
- Neighbour Advertisement (ICMPv6 type 136)
ndisc_send_na() -> ndisc_send_skb() -> ip6_nd_hdr()
- Redirect (ICMPv6 type 137)
ndisc_send_redirect() -> ndisc_send_skb() -> ip6_nd_hdr()
and if the kernel ever gets around to generating RA's,
it would presumably also include:
- Router Advertisement (ICMPv6 type 134)
(radvd daemon could pick up on the kernel setting and use it)
Interface drivers may examine the Traffic Class value and translate
the DiffServ Code Point into a link-layer appropriate traffic
prioritization scheme. An example of mapping IETF DSCP values to
IEEE 802.11 User Priority values can be found here:
https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-tsvwg-ieee-802-11
The expected primary use case is to properly prioritize ND over wifi.
Testing:
jzem22:~# cat /proc/sys/net/ipv6/conf/eth0/ndisc_tclass
0
jzem22:~# echo -1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv6/conf/eth0/ndisc_tclass
-bash: echo: write error: Invalid argument
jzem22:~# echo 256 > /proc/sys/net/ipv6/conf/eth0/ndisc_tclass
-bash: echo: write error: Invalid argument
jzem22:~# echo 0 > /proc/sys/net/ipv6/conf/eth0/ndisc_tclass
jzem22:~# echo 255 > /proc/sys/net/ipv6/conf/eth0/ndisc_tclass
jzem22:~# cat /proc/sys/net/ipv6/conf/eth0/ndisc_tclass
255
jzem22:~# echo 34 > /proc/sys/net/ipv6/conf/eth0/ndisc_tclass
jzem22:~# cat /proc/sys/net/ipv6/conf/eth0/ndisc_tclass
34
jzem22:~# echo $[0xDC] > /proc/sys/net/ipv6/conf/eth0/ndisc_tclass
jzem22:~# tcpdump -v -i eth0 icmp6 and src host jzem22.pgc and dst host fe80::1
tcpdump: listening on eth0, link-type EN10MB (Ethernet), capture size 262144 bytes
IP6 (class 0xdc, hlim 255, next-header ICMPv6 (58) payload length: 24)
jzem22.pgc > fe80::1: [icmp6 sum ok] ICMP6, neighbor advertisement,
length 24, tgt is jzem22.pgc, Flags [solicited]
(based on original change written by Erik Kline, with minor changes)
v2: fix 'suspicious rcu_dereference_check() usage'
by explicitly grabbing the rcu_read_lock.
Cc: Lorenzo Colitti <lorenzo@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Erik Kline <ek@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Maciej Żenczykowski <maze@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Error injection is sloppy and very ad-hoc. BPF could fill this niche
perfectly with it's kprobe functionality. We could make sure errors are
only triggered in specific call chains that we care about with very
specific situations. Accomplish this with the bpf_override_funciton
helper. This will modify the probe'd callers return value to the
specified value and set the PC to an override function that simply
returns, bypassing the originally probed function. This gives us a nice
clean way to implement systematic error injection for all of our code
paths.
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Josef Bacik <jbacik@fb.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Tracefs or debugfs were causing hundreds to thousands of PATH records to
be associated with the init_module and finit_module SYSCALL records on a
few modules when the following rule was in place for startup:
-a always,exit -F arch=x86_64 -S init_module -F key=mod-load
Provide a method to ignore these large number of PATH records from
overwhelming the logs if they are not of interest. Introduce a new
filter list "AUDIT_FILTER_FS", with a new field type AUDIT_FSTYPE,
which keys off the filesystem 4-octet hexadecimal magic identifier to
filter specific filesystem PATH records.
An example rule would look like:
-a never,filesystem -F fstype=0x74726163 -F key=ignore_tracefs
-a never,filesystem -F fstype=0x64626720 -F key=ignore_debugfs
Arguably the better way to address this issue is to disable tracefs and
debugfs on boot from production systems.
See: https://github.com/linux-audit/audit-kernel/issues/16
See: https://github.com/linux-audit/audit-userspace/issues/8
Test case: https://github.com/linux-audit/audit-testsuite/issues/42
Signed-off-by: Richard Guy Briggs <rgb@redhat.com>
[PM: fixed the whitespace damage in kernel/auditsc.c]
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
Once an NFC target (i.e., a tag) is found, it remains active until
there is a failure reading or writing it (often caused by the target
moving out of range). While the target is active, the NFC adapter
and antenna must remain powered. This wastes power when the target
remains in range but the client application no longer cares whether
it is there or not.
To mitigate this, add a new netlink command that allows userspace
to deactivate an active target. When issued, this command will cause
the NFC subsystem to act as though the target was moved out of range.
Once the command has been executed, the client application can power
off the NFC adapter to reduce power consumption.
Signed-off-by: Mark Greer <mgreer@animalcreek.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
The AIS capability was introduced in 4.12, while the interface to
migrate the state was added in 4.13. Unfortunately it is not possible
for userspace to detect the migration capability without creating a flic
kvm device. As in QEMU the cpu model detection runs on the "none"
machine this will result in cpu model issues regarding the "ais"
capability.
To get the "ais" capability properly let's add a new KVM capability that
tells userspace that AIS states can be migrated.
Signed-off-by: Christian Borntraeger <borntraeger@de.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Cornelia Huck <cohuck@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: David Hildenbrand <david@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Halil Pasic <pasic@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
The Wacom Pro Pen 3D includes a third barrel switch which is intended to
be particularly useful in applications where one frequency uses pan, zoom,
and rotate to navigate around a scene or model. The pen is compatible with
the MobileStudio Pro, 2nd-gen Intuos Pro, and Cintiq Pro. When the third
button is pressed, these devices set both the HID_DG_BARRELSWITCH and
HID_DG_BARRELSWITCH2 usages since their HID descriptors do not include a
usage specific to the button.
Rather than send both BTN_STYLUS and BTN_STYLUS2 when the third button is
pressed, userspace (libinput) has requested that we detect this condition
and report a newly-defined BTN_STYLUS3 event instead. We could define a
quirk specific to devices compatible with the Pro Pen 3D, but the liklihood
of seeing both barrel switch bits set with other pens/devices is low enough
to not worry about (pens mechanically prevent accidental activation of
multiple switches).
Signed-off-by: Jason Gerecke <jason.gerecke@wacom.com>
Acked-by: Dmitry Torokhov <dmitry.torokhov@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
Acked-by: Benjamin Tissoires <benjamin.tissoires@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
Apparmor will be gaining support for security.apparmor labels, and it
would be helpful to include these in EVM validation now so appropriate
signatures can be generated even before full support is merged.
Signed-off-by: Matthew Garrett <mjg59@google.com>
Acked-by: John Johansen <John.johansen@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Mimi Zohar <zohar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
v16->17
- Fixed disputed check code: keep them in nsh_push and nsh_pop
but also add them in __ovs_nla_copy_actions
v15->v16
- Add csum recalculation for nsh_push, nsh_pop and set_nsh
pointed out by Pravin
- Move nsh key into the union with ipv4 and ipv6 and add
check for nsh key in match_validate pointed out by Pravin
- Add nsh check in validate_set and __ovs_nla_copy_actions
v14->v15
- Check size in nsh_hdr_from_nlattr
- Fixed four small issues pointed out By Jiri and Eric
v13->v14
- Rename skb_push_nsh to nsh_push per Dave's comment
- Rename skb_pop_nsh to nsh_pop per Dave's comment
v12->v13
- Fix NSH header length check in set_nsh
v11->v12
- Fix missing changes old comments pointed out
- Fix new comments for v11
v10->v11
- Fix the left three disputable comments for v9
but not fixed in v10.
v9->v10
- Change struct ovs_key_nsh to
struct ovs_nsh_key_base base;
__be32 context[NSH_MD1_CONTEXT_SIZE];
- Fix new comments for v9
v8->v9
- Fix build error reported by daily intel build
because nsh module isn't selected by openvswitch
v7->v8
- Rework nested value and mask for OVS_KEY_ATTR_NSH
- Change pop_nsh to adapt to nsh kernel module
- Fix many issues per comments from Jiri Benc
v6->v7
- Remove NSH GSO patches in v6 because Jiri Benc
reworked it as another patch series and they have
been merged.
- Change it to adapt to nsh kernel module added by NSH
GSO patch series
v5->v6
- Fix the rest comments for v4.
- Add NSH GSO support for VxLAN-gpe + NSH and
Eth + NSH.
v4->v5
- Fix many comments by Jiri Benc and Eric Garver
for v4.
v3->v4
- Add new NSH match field ttl
- Update NSH header to the latest format
which will be final format and won't change
per its author's confirmation.
- Fix comments for v3.
v2->v3
- Change OVS_KEY_ATTR_NSH to nested key to handle
length-fixed attributes and length-variable
attriubte more flexibly.
- Remove struct ovs_action_push_nsh completely
- Add code to handle nested attribute for SET_MASKED
- Change PUSH_NSH to use the nested OVS_KEY_ATTR_NSH
to transfer NSH header data.
- Fix comments and coding style issues by Jiri and Eric
v1->v2
- Change encap_nsh and decap_nsh to push_nsh and pop_nsh
- Dynamically allocate struct ovs_action_push_nsh for
length-variable metadata.
OVS master and 2.8 branch has merged NSH userspace
patch series, this patch is to enable NSH support
in kernel data path in order that OVS can support
NSH in compat mode by porting this.
Signed-off-by: Yi Yang <yi.y.yang@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Eric Garver <e@erig.me>
Acked-by: Pravin Shelar <pshelar@ovn.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the ability to offload RED qdisc by using ndo_setup_tc.
There are four commands for RED offloading:
* TC_RED_SET: handles set and change.
* TC_RED_DESTROY: handle qdisc destroy.
* TC_RED_STATS: update the qdiscs counters (given as reference)
* TC_RED_XSTAT: returns red xstats.
Whether RED is being offloaded is being determined every time dump action
is being called because parent change of this qdisc could change its
offload state but doesn't require any RED function to be called.
Signed-off-by: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In LWT tunnels both an input and output route method is defined.
If both of these are executed in the same path then double translation
happens and the effect is not correct.
This patch adds a new attribute that indicates the hook type. Two
values are defined for route output and route output. ILA
translation is only done for the one that is set. The default is
to enable ILA on route output.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@quantonium.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow identifier to be explicitly configured for a mapping.
This can either be one of the identifier types specified in the
ILA draft or a value of ILA_ATYPE_USE_FORMAT which means the
identifier type is inferred from the identifier type field.
If a value other than ILA_ATYPE_USE_FORMAT is set for a
mapping then it is assumed that the identifier type field is
not present in an identifier.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@quantonium.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add checksum neutral auto that performs checksum neutral mapping
without using the C-bit. This is enabled by configuration of
a mapping.
The checksum neutral function has been split into
ila_csum_do_neutral_fmt and ila_csum_do_neutral_nofmt. The former
handles the C-bit and includes it in the adjustment value. The latter
just sets the adjustment value on the locator diff only.
Added configuration for checksum neutral map aut in ila_lwt
and ila_xlat.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@quantonium.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
USB 3.1 added a PTM_STATUS type. Let's add a define for it and
following patches will let usb_get_status() accept the new argument.
Signed-off-by: Felipe Balbi <felipe.balbi@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Cgroup v2 lacks the device controller, provided by cgroup v1.
This patch adds a new eBPF program type, which in combination
of previously added ability to attach multiple eBPF programs
to a cgroup, will provide a similar functionality, but with some
additional flexibility.
This patch introduces a BPF_PROG_TYPE_CGROUP_DEVICE program type.
A program takes major and minor device numbers, device type
(block/character) and access type (mknod/read/write) as parameters
and returns an integer which defines if the operation should be
allowed or terminated with -EPERM.
Signed-off-by: Roman Gushchin <guro@fb.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Saeed Mahameed says:
====================
mlx5-updates-2017-11-04
This series includes:
From Huy: dscp to priority mapping for Ethernet packet.
===================================================
First six patches enable differentiated services code point (dscp) to
priority mapping for Ethernet packet. Once this feature is
enabled, the packet is routed to the corresponding priority based on its
dscp. User can combine this feature with priority flow control (pfc)
feature to have priority flow control based on the dscp.
Firmware interface:
Mellanox firmware provides two control knobs for this feature:
QPTS register allow changing the trust state between dscp and
pcp mode. The default is pcp mode. Once in dscp mode, firmware will
route the packet based on its dscp value if the dscp field exists.
QPDPM register allow mapping a specific dscp (0 to 63) to a
specific priority (0 to 7). By default, all the dscps are mapped to
priority zero.
Software interface:
This feature is controlled via application priority TLV. IEEE
specification P802.1Qcd/D2.1 defines priority selector id 5 for
application priority TLV. This APP TLV selector defines DSCP to priority
map. This APP TLV can be sent by the switch or can be set locally using
software such as lldptool. In mlx5 drivers, we add the support for net
dcb's getapp and setapp call back. Mlx5 driver only handles the selector
id 5 application entry (dscp application priority application entry).
If user sends multiple dscp to priority APP TLV entries on the same
dscp, the last sent one will take effect. All the previous sent will be
deleted.
The firmware trust state (in QPTS register) is changed based on the
number of dscp to priority application entries. When the first dscp to
priority application entry is added by the user, the trust state is
changed to dscp. When the last dscp to priority application entry is
deleted by the user, the trust state is changed to pcp.
When the port is in DSCP trust state, the transmit queue is selected
based on the dscp of the skb.
When the port is in DSCP trust state and vport inline mode is not NONE,
firmware requires mlx5 driver to copy the IP header to the
wqe ethernet segment inline header if the skb has it.
This is done by changing the transmit queue sq's min inline mode to L3.
Note that the min inline mode of sqs that belong to other features
such as xdpsq, icosq are not modified.
===================================================
Plus to the dscp series, some small misc changes are include as well:
From Inbar, Ethtool msglvl support and some debug prints in DCBNL logic
From Or Gerlitz, Enlarge the NIC TC offload table size
From Rabie, Initialize destination_flow struct to 0
From Feras, Add inner TTC table to IPoIB flow steering
From Tal, Enable CQE based moderation on TX CQ
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extend struct bpf_prog_info to contain information about program
being bound to a device. Since the netdev may get destroyed while
program still exists we need a flag to indicate the program is
loaded for a device, even if the device is gone.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The fact that we don't know which device the program is going
to be used on is quite limiting in current eBPF infrastructure.
We have to reverse or limit the changes which kernel makes to
the loaded bytecode if we want it to be offloaded to a networking
device. We also have to invent new APIs for debugging and
troubleshooting support.
Make it possible to load programs for a specific netdev. This
helps us to bring the debug information closer to the core
eBPF infrastructure (e.g. we will be able to reuse the verifer
log in device JIT). It allows device JITs to perform translation
on the original bytecode.
__bpf_prog_get() when called to get a reference for an attachment
point will now refuse to give it if program has a device assigned.
Following patches will add a version of that function which passes
the expected netdev in. @type argument in __bpf_prog_get() is
renamed to attach_type to make it clearer that it's only set on
attachment.
All calls to ndo_bpf are protected by rtnl, only verifier callbacks
are not. We need a wait queue to make sure netdev doesn't get
destroyed while verifier is still running and calling its driver.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, when an application gets netnsid from the kernel (for example as
the result of RTM_GETLINK call on one end of the veth pair), it's not much
useful. There's no reliable way to get to the netns fd from the netnsid, nor
does any kernel API accept netnsid.
Extend the RTM_GETLINK call to also accept netnsid. It will operate on the
netns with the given netnsid in such case. Of course, the calling process
needs to have enough capabilities in the target name space; for now, require
CAP_NET_ADMIN. This can be relaxed in the future.
To signal to the calling process that the kernel understood the new
IFLA_IF_NETNSID attribute in the query, it will include it in the response.
This is needed to detect older kernels, as they will just ignore
IFLA_IF_NETNSID and query in the current name space.
This patch implemetns IFLA_IF_NETNSID only for get and dump. For set
operations, this can be extended later.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch allows reliable identification of netdevice interfaces connected
to openvswitch bridges. In particular, user space queries the netdev
interfaces belonging to the ports for statistics, up/down state, etc.
Datapath dump needs to provide enough information for the user space to be
able to do that.
Currently, only interface names are returned. This is not sufficient, as
openvswitch allows its ports to be in different name spaces and the
interface name is valid only in its name space. What is needed and generally
used in other netlink APIs, is the pair ifindex+netnsid.
The solution is addition of the ifindex+netnsid pair (or only ifindex if in
the same name space) to vport get/dump operation.
On request side, ideally the ifindex+netnsid pair could be used to
get/set/del the corresponding vport. This is not implemented by this patch
and can be added later if needed.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Files removed in 'net-next' had their license header updated
in 'net'. We take the remove from 'net-next'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It's important for the driver to provide a R/W ioctl to ensure that
two competing userspace processes don't race to provide or read each
others data.
This userspace character device will be used to perform SMBIOS calls
from any applications.
It provides an ioctl that will allow passing the WMI calling
interface buffer between userspace and kernel space.
This character device is intended to deprecate the dcdbas kernel module
and the interface that it provides to userspace.
To perform an SMBIOS IOCTL call using the character device userspace will
perform a read() on the the character device. The WMI bus will provide
a u64 variable containing the necessary size of the IOCTL buffer.
The API for interacting with this interface is defined in documentation
as well as the WMI uapi header provides the format of the structures.
Not all userspace requests will be accepted. The dell-smbios filtering
functionality will be used to prevent access to certain tokens and calls.
All whitelisted commands and tokens are now shared out to userspace so
applications don't need to define them in their own headers.
Signed-off-by: Mario Limonciello <mario.limonciello@dell.com>
Reviewed-by: Edward O'Callaghan <quasisec@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Darren Hart (VMware) <dvhart@infradead.org>
For WMI operations that are only Set or Query readable and writable sysfs
attributes created by WMI vendor drivers or the bus driver makes sense.
For other WMI operations that are run on Method, there needs to be a
way to guarantee to userspace that the results from the method call
belong to the data request to the method call. Sysfs attributes don't
work well in this scenario because two userspace processes may be
competing at reading/writing an attribute and step on each other's
data.
When a WMI vendor driver declares a callback method in the wmi_driver
the WMI bus driver will create a character device that maps to that
function. This callback method will be responsible for filtering
invalid requests and performing the actual call.
That character device will correspond to this path:
/dev/wmi/$driver
Performing read() on this character device will provide the size
of the buffer that the character device needs to perform calls.
This buffer size can be set by vendor drivers through a new symbol
or when MOF parsing is available by the MOF.
Performing ioctl() on this character device will be interpretd
by the WMI bus driver. It will perform sanity tests for size of
data, test them for a valid instance, copy the data from userspace
and pass iton to the vendor driver to further process and run.
This creates an implicit policy that each driver will only be allowed
a single character device. If a module matches multiple GUID's,
the wmi_devices will need to be all handled by the same wmi_driver.
The WMI vendor drivers will be responsible for managing inappropriate
access to this character device and proper locking on data used by
it.
When a WMI vendor driver is unloaded the WMI bus driver will clean
up the character device and any memory allocated for the call.
Signed-off-by: Mario Limonciello <mario.limonciello@dell.com>
Reviewed-by: Edward O'Callaghan <quasisec@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Darren Hart (VMware) <dvhart@infradead.org>
This patch adds two arm64-specific prctls, to permit userspace to
control its vector length:
* PR_SVE_SET_VL: set the thread's SVE vector length and vector
length inheritance mode.
* PR_SVE_GET_VL: get the same information.
Although these prctls resemble instruction set features in the SVE
architecture, they provide additional control: the vector length
inheritance mode is Linux-specific and nothing to do with the
architecture, and the architecture does not permit EL0 to set its
own vector length directly. Both can be used in portable tools
without requiring the use of SVE instructions.
Signed-off-by: Dave Martin <Dave.Martin@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Catalin Marinas <catalin.marinas@arm.com>
Cc: Alex Bennée <alex.bennee@linaro.org>
[will: Fixed up prctl constants to avoid clash with PDEATHSIG]
Signed-off-by: Will Deacon <will.deacon@arm.com>
This patch defines and implements a new regset NT_ARM_SVE, which
describes a thread's SVE register state. This allows a debugger to
manipulate the SVE state, as well as being included in ELF
coredumps for post-mortem debugging.
Because the regset size and layout are dependent on the thread's
current vector length, it is not possible to define a C struct to
describe the regset contents as is done for existing regsets.
Instead, and for the same reasons, NT_ARM_SVE is based on the
freeform variable-layout approach used for the SVE signal frame.
Additionally, to reduce debug overhead when debugging threads that
might or might not have live SVE register state, NT_ARM_SVE may be
presented in one of two different formats: the old struct
user_fpsimd_state format is embedded for describing the state of a
thread with no live SVE state, whereas a new variable-layout
structure is embedded for describing live SVE state. This avoids a
debugger needing to poll NT_PRFPREG in addition to NT_ARM_SVE, and
allows existing userspace code to handle the non-SVE case without
too much modification.
For this to work, NT_ARM_SVE is defined with a fixed-format header
of type struct user_sve_header, which the recipient can use to
figure out the content, size and layout of the reset of the regset.
Accessor macros are defined to allow the vector-length-dependent
parts of the regset to be manipulated.
Signed-off-by: Alan Hayward <alan.hayward@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Martin <Dave.Martin@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Catalin Marinas <catalin.marinas@arm.com>
Cc: Alex Bennée <alex.bennee@linaro.org>
Cc: Okamoto Takayuki <tokamoto@jp.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Will Deacon <will.deacon@arm.com>
This patch implements the core logic for changing a task's vector
length on request from userspace. This will be used by the ptrace
and prctl frontends that are implemented in later patches.
The SVE architecture permits, but does not require, implementations
to support vector lengths that are not a power of two. To handle
this, logic is added to check a requested vector length against a
possibly sparse bitmap of available vector lengths at runtime, so
that the best supported value can be chosen.
Signed-off-by: Dave Martin <Dave.Martin@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Catalin Marinas <catalin.marinas@arm.com>
Cc: Alex Bennée <alex.bennee@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Will Deacon <will.deacon@arm.com>
Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which
makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license.
By default all files without license information are under the default
license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2.
Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0'
SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding
shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text.
This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and
Philippe Ombredanne.
How this work was done:
Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of
the use cases:
- file had no licensing information it it.
- file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it,
- file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information,
Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases
where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license
had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords.
The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to
a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the
output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX
tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the
base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files.
The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files
assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner
results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s)
to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not
immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was:
- Files considered eligible had to be source code files.
- Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5
lines of source
- File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5
lines).
All documentation files were explicitly excluded.
The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license
identifiers to apply.
- when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was
considered to have no license information in it, and the top level
COPYING file license applied.
For non */uapi/* files that summary was:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 11139
and resulted in the first patch in this series.
If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH
Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930
and resulted in the second patch in this series.
- if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one
of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if
any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in
it (per prior point). Results summary:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270
GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17
LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15
GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14
((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5
LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4
LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1
and that resulted in the third patch in this series.
- when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became
the concluded license(s).
- when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a
license but the other didn't, or they both detected different
licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred.
- In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file
resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and
which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics).
- When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was
confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
- If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier,
the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later
in time.
In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the
spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the
source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation
by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from
FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners
disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The
Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so
they are related.
Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets
for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the
files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks
in about 15000 files.
In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have
copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the
correct identifier.
Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual
inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch
version early this week with:
- a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected
license ids and scores
- reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+
files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct
- reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license
was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied
SPDX license was correct
This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This
worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the
different types of files to be modified.
These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to
parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the
format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg
based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to
distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different
comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to
generate the patches.
Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iG0EABECAC0WIQT0tgzFv3jCIUoxPcsxR9QN2y37KQUCWfswbQ8cZ3JlZ0Brcm9h
aC5jb20ACgkQMUfUDdst+ykvEwCfXU1MuYFQGgMdDmAZXEc+xFXZvqgAoKEcHDNA
6dVh26uchcEQLN/XqUDt
=x306
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'spdx_identifiers-4.14-rc8' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/driver-core
Pull initial SPDX identifiers from Greg KH:
"License cleanup: add SPDX license identifiers to some files
Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which
makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license.
By default all files without license information are under the default
license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2.
Update the files which contain no license information with the
'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally
binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate
text.
This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart
and Philippe Ombredanne.
How this work was done:
Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset
of the use cases:
- file had no licensing information it it.
- file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it,
- file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information,
Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases
where non-standard license headers were used, and references to
license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords.
The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied
to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of
the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver)
producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne.
Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review
of a few 1000 files.
The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537
files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the
scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license
identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any
determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with
the Linux Foundation.
Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was:
- Files considered eligible had to be source code files.
- Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained
>5 lines of source
- File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5
lines).
All documentation files were explicitly excluded.
The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license
identifiers to apply.
- when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was
considered to have no license information in it, and the top level
COPYING file license applied.
For non */uapi/* files that summary was:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 11139
and resulted in the first patch in this series.
If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH
Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that
was:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930
and resulted in the second patch in this series.
- if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one
of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if
any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in
it (per prior point). Results summary:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270
GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17
LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15
GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14
((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5
LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4
LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1
and that resulted in the third patch in this series.
- when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that
became the concluded license(s).
- when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected
a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different
licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred.
- In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file
resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply
(and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics).
- When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was
confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
- If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier,
the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later
in time.
In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the
spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the
source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases,
confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from
FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners
disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights.
The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in
part, so they are related.
Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets
for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the
files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot
checks in about 15000 files.
In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have
copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect
the correct identifier.
Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual
inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial
patch version early this week with:
- a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected
license ids and scores
- reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+
files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct
- reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch
license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the
applied SPDX license was correct
This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This
worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the
different types of files to be modified.
These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to
parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the
format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg
based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to
distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different
comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to
generate the patches.
Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>"
* tag 'spdx_identifiers-4.14-rc8' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/driver-core:
License cleanup: add SPDX license identifier to uapi header files with a license
License cleanup: add SPDX license identifier to uapi header files with no license
License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license
Many user space API headers have licensing information, which is either
incomplete, badly formatted or just a shorthand for referring to the
license under which the file is supposed to be. This makes it hard for
compliance tools to determine the correct license.
Update these files with an SPDX license identifier. The identifier was
chosen based on the license information in the file.
GPL/LGPL licensed headers get the matching GPL/LGPL SPDX license
identifier with the added 'WITH Linux-syscall-note' exception, which is
the officially assigned exception identifier for the kernel syscall
exception:
NOTE! This copyright does *not* cover user programs that use kernel
services by normal system calls - this is merely considered normal use
of the kernel, and does *not* fall under the heading of "derived work".
This exception makes it possible to include GPL headers into non GPL
code, without confusing license compliance tools.
Headers which have either explicit dual licensing or are just licensed
under a non GPL license are updated with the corresponding SPDX
identifier and the GPLv2 with syscall exception identifier. The format
is:
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR SPDX-ID-OF-OTHER-LICENSE)
SPDX license identifiers are a legally binding shorthand, which can be
used instead of the full boiler plate text. The update does not remove
existing license information as this has to be done on a case by case
basis and the copyright holders might have to be consulted. This will
happen in a separate step.
This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and
Philippe Ombredanne. See the previous patch in this series for the
methodology of how this patch was researched.
Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Many user space API headers are missing licensing information, which
makes it hard for compliance tools to determine the correct license.
By default are files without license information under the default
license of the kernel, which is GPLV2. Marking them GPLV2 would exclude
them from being included in non GPLV2 code, which is obviously not
intended. The user space API headers fall under the syscall exception
which is in the kernels COPYING file:
NOTE! This copyright does *not* cover user programs that use kernel
services by normal system calls - this is merely considered normal use
of the kernel, and does *not* fall under the heading of "derived work".
otherwise syscall usage would not be possible.
Update the files which contain no license information with an SPDX
license identifier. The chosen identifier is 'GPL-2.0 WITH
Linux-syscall-note' which is the officially assigned identifier for the
Linux syscall exception. SPDX license identifiers are a legally binding
shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text.
This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and
Philippe Ombredanne. See the previous patch in this series for the
methodology of how this patch was researched.
Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Smooth Cong Wang's bug fix into 'net-next'. Basically put
the bulk of the tcf_block_put() logic from 'net' into
tcf_block_put_ext(), but after the offload unbind.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- Fix timestamp frequency calculation for perf on CNL (Lionel)
- New DMC firmware for Skylake (Anusha)
- GTT flush fixes and other GGTT write track and refactors (Chris)
- Taint kernel when GPU reset fails (Chris)
- Display workarounds organization (Lucas)
- GuC and HuC initialization clean-up and fixes (Michal)
- Other fixes around GuC submission (Michal)
- Execlist clean-ups like caching ELSP reg offset and improving log readability (Chri\
s)
- Many other improvements on our logs and dumps (Chris)
- Restore GT performance in headless mode with DMC loaded (Tvrtko)
- Stop updating legacy fb parameters since FBC is not using anymore (Daniel)
- More selftest improvements (Chris)
- Preemption fixes and improvements (Chris)
- x86/early-quirks improvements for Intel graphics stolen memory. (Joonas, Matthew)
- Other improvements on Stolen Memory code to be resource centric. (Matthew)
- Improvements and fixes on fence allocation/release (Chris).
GVT:
- fixes for two coverity scan errors (Colin)
- mmio switch code refine (Changbin)
- more virtual display dmabuf fixes (Tina/Gustavo)
- misc cleanups (Pei)
- VFIO mdev display dmabuf interface and gvt support (Tina)
- VFIO mdev opregion support/fixes (Tina/Xiong/Chris)
- workload scheduling optimization (Changbin)
- preemption fix and temporal workaround (Zhenyu)
- and misc fixes after refactor (Chris)
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJaMttwAAoJEPpiX2QO6xPK/sgH/3fydh/e++QHMgh4I3Gc18wp
yxxXJLt5i/SldGpv0yTlq1jvZ68R2H5K9fyfeDMrZSszCpZceU5uQZjtSWLpSo8d
N8nccZ1fEEBMyqvWPdL5tM+9z7YpbJJ0gXHYl1ONV5WttXQ2xsxo/fZTMRpTNpGF
WyxGGqEg2eSkdwLlYNqKHB175ssQnxOOtBA6htaMMwyq12GpyztGB4Dy18fHswjL
lqGqUMXuHBLEqI6t7MVa/LyHn1YpE6Q1VXhesBz7htGO0MYIFniI1KKjHRPX+OTC
DXvzBIq6tMi7osJbCUFriu4F0Ko9h4iZOYJI1a9iwADoIIw6Y2xlzFidKd0Zp0I=
=XwCl
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'drm-intel-next-2017-12-14' of git://anongit.freedesktop.org/drm/drm-intel into drm-next
- Fix documentation build issues (Randy, Markus)
- Fix timestamp frequency calculation for perf on CNL (Lionel)
- New DMC firmware for Skylake (Anusha)
- GTT flush fixes and other GGTT write track and refactors (Chris)
- Taint kernel when GPU reset fails (Chris)
- Display workarounds organization (Lucas)
- GuC and HuC initialization clean-up and fixes (Michal)
- Other fixes around GuC submission (Michal)
- Execlist clean-ups like caching ELSP reg offset and improving log readability (Chri\
s)
- Many other improvements on our logs and dumps (Chris)
- Restore GT performance in headless mode with DMC loaded (Tvrtko)
- Stop updating legacy fb parameters since FBC is not using anymore (Daniel)
- More selftest improvements (Chris)
- Preemption fixes and improvements (Chris)
- x86/early-quirks improvements for Intel graphics stolen memory. (Joonas, Matthew)
- Other improvements on Stolen Memory code to be resource centric. (Matthew)
- Improvements and fixes on fence allocation/release (Chris).
GVT:
- fixes for two coverity scan errors (Colin)
- mmio switch code refine (Changbin)
- more virtual display dmabuf fixes (Tina/Gustavo)
- misc cleanups (Pei)
- VFIO mdev display dmabuf interface and gvt support (Tina)
- VFIO mdev opregion support/fixes (Tina/Xiong/Chris)
- workload scheduling optimization (Changbin)
- preemption fix and temporal workaround (Zhenyu)
- and misc fixes after refactor (Chris)
* tag 'drm-intel-next-2017-12-14' of git://anongit.freedesktop.org/drm/drm-intel: (87 commits)
drm/i915: Update DRIVER_DATE to 20171214
drm/i915: properly init lockdep class
drm/i915: Show engine state when hangcheck detects a stall
drm/i915: make CS frequency read support missing more obvious
drm/i915/guc: Extract doorbell verification into a function
drm/i915/guc: Extract clients allocation to submission_init
drm/i915/guc: Extract doorbell creation from client allocation
drm/i915/guc: Call invalidate after changing the vfunc
drm/i915/guc: Extract guc_init from guc_init_hw
drm/i915/guc: Move GuC workqueue allocations outside of the mutex
drm/i915/guc: Move shared data allocation away from submission path
drm/i915: Unwind i915_gem_init() failure
drm/i915: Ratelimit request allocation under oom
drm/i915: Allow fence allocations to fail
drm/i915: Mark up potential allocation paths within i915_sw_fence as might_sleep
drm/i915: Don't check #active_requests from i915_gem_wait_for_idle()
drm/i915/fence: Use rcu to defer freeing of irq_work
drm/i915: Dump the engine state before declaring wedged from wait_for_engines()
drm/i915: Bump timeout for wait_for_engines()
drm/i915: Downgrade misleading "Memory usable" message
...
Chris requested this backmerge for a reconciliation on
drm_print.h between drm-misc-next and drm-intel-next-queued
Signed-off-by: Rodrigo Vivi <rodrigo.vivi@intel.com>
Add VFIO_DEVICE_QUERY_GFX_PLANE ioctl command to let user query and get
a plane and its information. So far, two types of buffers are supported:
buffers based on dma-buf and buffers based on region.
This ioctl can be invoked with:
1) Either DMABUF or REGION flag. Vendor driver returns a plane_info
successfully only when the specific kind of buffer is supported.
2) Flag PROBE. And at the same time either DMABUF or REGION must be set,
so that vendor driver returns success only when the specific kind of
buffer is supported.
Add VFIO_DEVICE_GET_GFX_DMABUF ioctl command to let user get a specific
dma-buf fd of an exposed MDEV buffer provided by dmabuf_id which was
returned in VFIO_DEVICE_QUERY_GFX_PLANE ioctl command.
The life cycle of an exposed MDEV buffer is handled by userspace and
tracked by kernel space. The returned dmabuf_id in struct vfio_device_
query_gfx_plane can be a new id of a new exposed buffer or an old id of
a re-exported buffer. Host user can check the value of dmabuf_id to see
if it needs to create new resources according to the new exposed buffer
or just re-use the existing resource related to the old buffer.
v18:
- update comments for VFIO_DEVICE_GET_GFX_DMABUF. (Alex)
v17:
- modify VFIO_DEVICE_GET_GFX_DMABUF interface. (Alex)
v16:
- add x_hot and y_hot fields. (Gerd)
- add comments for VFIO_DEVICE_GET_GFX_DMABUF. (Alex)
- rebase to 4.14.0-rc6.
v15:
- add a ioctl to get a dmabuf for a given dmabuf id. (Gerd)
v14:
- add PROBE, DMABUF and REGION flags. (Alex)
v12:
- add drm_format_mod back. (Gerd and Zhenyu)
- add region_index. (Gerd)
v11:
- rename plane_type to drm_plane_type. (Gerd)
- move fields of vfio_device_query_gfx_plane to vfio_device_gfx_plane_info.
(Gerd)
- remove drm_format_mod, start fields. (Daniel)
- remove plane_id.
v10:
- refine the ABI API VFIO_DEVICE_QUERY_GFX_PLANE. (Alex) (Gerd)
v3:
- add a field gvt_plane_info in the drm_i915_gem_obj structure to save
the decoded plane information to avoid look up while need the plane
info. (Gerd)
Signed-off-by: Tina Zhang <tina.zhang@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Gerd Hoffmann <kraxel@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Kirti Wankhede <kwankhede@nvidia.com>
Acked-by: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com>
Cc: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
Signed-off-by: Zhenyu Wang <zhenyuw@linux.intel.com>
Now that check_extent_in_eb()'s extent offset filter can be turned off,
we need a way to do it from userspace.
Add a 'flags' field to the btrfs_logical_ino_args structure to disable
extent offset filtering, taking the place of one of the existing
reserved[] fields.
Previous versions of LOGICAL_INO neglected to check whether any of the
reserved fields have non-zero values. Assigning meaning to those fields
now may change the behavior of existing programs that left these fields
uninitialized. The lack of a zero check also means that new programs
have no way to know whether the kernel is honoring the flags field.
To avoid these problems, define a new ioctl LOGICAL_INO_V2. We can
use the same argument layout as LOGICAL_INO, but shorten the reserved[]
array by one element and turn it into the 'flags' field. The V2 ioctl
explicitly checks that reserved fields and unsupported flag bits are zero
so that userspace can negotiate future feature bits as they are defined.
Since the memory layouts of the two ioctls' arguments are compatible,
there is no need for a separate function for logical_to_ino_v2 (contrast
with tree_search_v2 vs tree_search where the layout and code are quite
different). A version parameter and an 'if' statement will suffice.
Now that we have a flags field in logical_ino_args, add a flag
BTRFS_LOGICAL_INO_ARGS_IGNORE_OFFSET to get the behavior we want,
and pass it down the stack to iterate_inodes_from_logical.
Motivation and background, copied from the patchset cover letter:
Suppose we have a file with one extent:
root@tester:~# zcat /usr/share/doc/cpio/changelog.gz > /test/a
root@tester:~# sync
Split the extent by overwriting it in the middle:
root@tester:~# cat /dev/urandom | dd bs=4k seek=2 skip=2 count=1 conv=notrunc of=/test/a
We should now have 3 extent refs to 2 extents, with one block unreachable.
The extent tree looks like:
root@tester:~# btrfs-debug-tree /dev/vdc -t 2
[...]
item 9 key (1103101952 EXTENT_ITEM 73728) itemoff 15942 itemsize 53
extent refs 2 gen 29 flags DATA
extent data backref root 5 objectid 261 offset 0 count 2
[...]
item 11 key (1103175680 EXTENT_ITEM 4096) itemoff 15865 itemsize 53
extent refs 1 gen 30 flags DATA
extent data backref root 5 objectid 261 offset 8192 count 1
[...]
and the ref tree looks like:
root@tester:~# btrfs-debug-tree /dev/vdc -t 5
[...]
item 6 key (261 EXTENT_DATA 0) itemoff 15825 itemsize 53
extent data disk byte 1103101952 nr 73728
extent data offset 0 nr 8192 ram 73728
extent compression(none)
item 7 key (261 EXTENT_DATA 8192) itemoff 15772 itemsize 53
extent data disk byte 1103175680 nr 4096
extent data offset 0 nr 4096 ram 4096
extent compression(none)
item 8 key (261 EXTENT_DATA 12288) itemoff 15719 itemsize 53
extent data disk byte 1103101952 nr 73728
extent data offset 12288 nr 61440 ram 73728
extent compression(none)
[...]
There are two references to the same extent with different, non-overlapping
byte offsets:
[------------------72K extent at 1103101952----------------------]
[--8K----------------|--4K unreachable----|--60K-----------------]
^ ^
| |
[--8K ref offset 0--][--4K ref offset 0--][--60K ref offset 12K--]
|
v
[-----4K extent-----] at 1103175680
We want to find all of the references to extent bytenr 1103101952.
Without the patch (and without running btrfs-debug-tree), we have to
do it with 18 LOGICAL_INO calls:
root@tester:~# btrfs ins log 1103101952 -P /test/
Using LOGICAL_INO
inode 261 offset 0 root 5
root@tester:~# for x in $(seq 0 17); do btrfs ins log $((1103101952 + x * 4096)) -P /test/; done 2>&1 | grep inode
inode 261 offset 0 root 5
inode 261 offset 4096 root 5 <- same extent ref as offset 0
(offset 8192 returns empty set, not reachable)
inode 261 offset 12288 root 5
inode 261 offset 16384 root 5 \
inode 261 offset 20480 root 5 |
inode 261 offset 24576 root 5 |
inode 261 offset 28672 root 5 |
inode 261 offset 32768 root 5 |
inode 261 offset 36864 root 5 \
inode 261 offset 40960 root 5 > all the same extent ref as offset 12288.
inode 261 offset 45056 root 5 / More processing required in userspace
inode 261 offset 49152 root 5 | to figure out these are all duplicates.
inode 261 offset 53248 root 5 |
inode 261 offset 57344 root 5 |
inode 261 offset 61440 root 5 |
inode 261 offset 65536 root 5 |
inode 261 offset 69632 root 5 /
In the worst case the extents are 128MB long, and we have to do 32768
iterations of the loop to find one 4K extent ref.
With the patch, we just use one call to map all refs to the extent at once:
root@tester:~# btrfs ins log 1103101952 -P /test/
Using LOGICAL_INO_V2
inode 261 offset 0 root 5
inode 261 offset 12288 root 5
The TREE_SEARCH ioctl allows userspace to retrieve the offset and
extent bytenr fields easily once the root, inode and offset are known.
This is sufficient information to build a complete map of the extent
and all of its references. Userspace can use this information to make
better choices to dedup or defrag.
Signed-off-by: Zygo Blaxell <ce3g8jdj@umail.furryterror.org>
Reviewed-by: Hans van Kranenburg <hans.van.kranenburg@mendix.com>
Tested-by: Hans van Kranenburg <hans.van.kranenburg@mendix.com>
[ copy background and motivation from cover letter ]
Signed-off-by: David Sterba <dsterba@suse.com>
Now that SK_REDIRECT is no longer a valid return code. Remove it
from the UAPI completely. Then do a namespace remapping internal
to sockmap so SK_REDIRECT is no longer externally visible.
Patchs primary change is to do a namechange from SK_REDIRECT to
__SK_REDIRECT
Reported-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Based on the discussion about the signed character field for the year,
I went through all fields in the iso9660 and rockridge standards to see
whether they should used signed or unsigned characters. Only a single
8-bit value is defined as signed per 'section 7.1.2': the timezone
offset in a timestamp, this has always been handled correctly through
explicit sign-extension.
All others are either '7.1.1 8-bit unsigned numerical values' or
composite fields. I also read the linux source code and came to the
same conclusion, also I could not find any other part of the
implementation that actually behaves differently for signed or
unsigned values.
Since it is still ambigous to use plain 'char' in interface definitions,
I'm changing all fields representing numbers and reserved bytes to
the unambiguous '__u8'. Fields that hold actual strings are left as
'char' arrays. I built the code with '-Wpointer-sign -Wsign-compare'
to see if anything got left out, but couldn't find anything wrong
with the remaining warnings.
This patch should not change runtime behavior and does not need to
be backported.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Several conflicts here.
NFP driver bug fix adding nfp_netdev_is_nfp_repr() check to
nfp_fl_output() needed some adjustments because the code block is in
an else block now.
Parallel additions to net/pkt_cls.h and net/sch_generic.h
A bug fix in __tcp_retransmit_skb() conflicted with some of
the rbtree changes in net-next.
The tc action RCU callback fixes in 'net' had some overlap with some
of the recent tcf_block reworking.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add extra checks for item with EXTENT_DATA type. This checks the
following thing:
0) Key offset
All key offsets must be aligned to sectorsize.
Inline extent must have 0 for key offset.
1) Item size
Uncompressed inline file extent size must match item size.
(Compressed inline file extent has no information about its on-disk size.)
Regular/preallocated file extent size must be a fixed value.
2) Every member of regular file extent item
Including alignment for bytenr and offset, possible value for
compression/encryption/type.
3) Type/compression/encode must be one of the valid values.
This should be the most comprehensive and strict check in the context
of btrfs_item for EXTENT_DATA.
Signed-off-by: Qu Wenruo <quwenruo.btrfs@gmx.com>
Reviewed-by: Nikolay Borisov <nborisov@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: David Sterba <dsterba@suse.com>
[ switch to BTRFS_FILE_EXTENT_TYPES, similar to what
BTRFS_COMPRESS_TYPES does ]
Signed-off-by: David Sterba <dsterba@suse.com>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Fix route leak in xfrm_bundle_create().
2) In mac80211, validate user rate mask before configuring it. From
Johannes Berg.
3) Properly enforce memory limits in fair queueing code, from Toke
Hoiland-Jorgensen.
4) Fix lockdep splat in inet_csk_route_req(), from Eric Dumazet.
5) Fix TSO header allocation and management in mvpp2 driver, from Yan
Markman.
6) Don't take socket lock in BH handler in strparser code, from Tom
Herbert.
7) Don't show sockets from other namespaces in AF_UNIX code, from
Andrei Vagin.
8) Fix double free in error path of tap_open(), from Girish Moodalbail.
9) Fix TX map failure path in igb and ixgbe, from Jean-Philippe Brucker
and Alexander Duyck.
10) Fix DCB mode programming in stmmac driver, from Jose Abreu.
11) Fix err_count handling in various tunnels (ipip, ip6_gre). From Xin
Long.
12) Properly align SKB head before building SKB in tuntap, from Jason
Wang.
13) Avoid matching qdiscs with a zero handle during lookups, from Cong
Wang.
14) Fix various endianness bugs in sctp, from Xin Long.
15) Fix tc filter callback races and add selftests which trigger the
problem, from Cong Wang.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (73 commits)
selftests: Introduce a new test case to tc testsuite
selftests: Introduce a new script to generate tc batch file
net_sched: fix call_rcu() race on act_sample module removal
net_sched: add rtnl assertion to tcf_exts_destroy()
net_sched: use tcf_queue_work() in tcindex filter
net_sched: use tcf_queue_work() in rsvp filter
net_sched: use tcf_queue_work() in route filter
net_sched: use tcf_queue_work() in u32 filter
net_sched: use tcf_queue_work() in matchall filter
net_sched: use tcf_queue_work() in fw filter
net_sched: use tcf_queue_work() in flower filter
net_sched: use tcf_queue_work() in flow filter
net_sched: use tcf_queue_work() in cgroup filter
net_sched: use tcf_queue_work() in bpf filter
net_sched: use tcf_queue_work() in basic filter
net_sched: introduce a workqueue for RCU callbacks of tc filter
sctp: fix some type cast warnings introduced since very beginning
sctp: fix a type cast warnings that causes a_rwnd gets the wrong value
sctp: fix some type cast warnings introduced by transport rhashtable
sctp: fix some type cast warnings introduced by stream reconf
...
This is very similar to the Macvlan VEPA mode, however, there is some
difference. IPvlan uses the mac-address of the lower device, so the VEPA
mode has implications of ICMP-redirects for packets destined for its
immediate neighbors sharing same master since the packets will have same
source and dest mac. The external switch/router will send redirect msg.
Having said that, this will be useful tool in terms of debugging
since IPvlan will not switch packets within its slaves and rely completely
on the external entity as intended in 802.1Qbg.
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IPvlan has always operated in bridge mode. However there are scenarios
where each slave should be able to talk through the master device but
not necessarily across each other. Think of an environment where each
of a namespace is a private and independant customer. In this scenario
the machine which is hosting these namespaces neither want to tell who
their neighbor is nor the individual namespaces care to talk to neighbor
on short-circuited network path.
This patch implements the mode that is very similar to the 'private' mode
in macvlan where individual slaves can send and receive traffic through
the master device, just that they can not talk among slave devices.
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These warnings were found by running 'make C=2 M=net/sctp/'.
They are there since very beginning.
Note after this patch, there still one warning left in
sctp_outq_flush():
sctp_chunk_fail(chunk, SCTP_ERROR_INV_STRM)
Since it has been moved to sctp_stream_outq_migrate on net-next,
to avoid the extra job when merging net-next to net, I will post
the fix for it after the merging is done.
Reported-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cached routes should only be created by the system when receiving pmtu
discovery or ip redirect msg. Users should not be allowed to create
cached routes.
Furthermore, after the patch series to move cached routes into exception
table, user added cached routes will trigger the following warning in
fib6_add():
WARNING: CPU: 0 PID: 2985 at net/ipv6/ip6_fib.c:1137
fib6_add+0x20d9/0x2c10 net/ipv6/ip6_fib.c:1137
Kernel panic - not syncing: panic_on_warn set ...
CPU: 0 PID: 2985 Comm: syzkaller320388 Not tainted 4.14.0-rc3+ #74
Hardware name: Google Google Compute Engine/Google Compute Engine, BIOS Google 01/01/2011
Call Trace:
__dump_stack lib/dump_stack.c:16 [inline]
dump_stack+0x194/0x257 lib/dump_stack.c:52
panic+0x1e4/0x417 kernel/panic.c:181
__warn+0x1c4/0x1d9 kernel/panic.c:542
report_bug+0x211/0x2d0 lib/bug.c:183
fixup_bug+0x40/0x90 arch/x86/kernel/traps.c:178
do_trap_no_signal arch/x86/kernel/traps.c:212 [inline]
do_trap+0x260/0x390 arch/x86/kernel/traps.c:261
do_error_trap+0x120/0x390 arch/x86/kernel/traps.c:298
do_invalid_op+0x1b/0x20 arch/x86/kernel/traps.c:311
invalid_op+0x18/0x20 arch/x86/entry/entry_64.S:905
RIP: 0010:fib6_add+0x20d9/0x2c10 net/ipv6/ip6_fib.c:1137
RSP: 0018:ffff8801cf09f6a0 EFLAGS: 00010297
RAX: ffff8801ce45e340 RBX: 1ffff10039e13eec RCX: ffff8801d749c814
RDX: 0000000000000000 RSI: ffff8801d749c700 RDI: ffff8801d749c780
RBP: ffff8801cf09fa08 R08: 0000000000000000 R09: ffff8801cf09f360
R10: ffff8801cf09f2d8 R11: 1ffff10039c8befb R12: 0000000000000001
R13: dffffc0000000000 R14: ffff8801d749c700 R15: ffffffff860655c0
__ip6_ins_rt+0x6c/0x90 net/ipv6/route.c:1011
ip6_route_add+0x148/0x1a0 net/ipv6/route.c:2782
ipv6_route_ioctl+0x4d5/0x690 net/ipv6/route.c:3291
inet6_ioctl+0xef/0x1e0 net/ipv6/af_inet6.c:521
sock_do_ioctl+0x65/0xb0 net/socket.c:961
sock_ioctl+0x2c2/0x440 net/socket.c:1058
vfs_ioctl fs/ioctl.c:45 [inline]
do_vfs_ioctl+0x1b1/0x1530 fs/ioctl.c:685
SYSC_ioctl fs/ioctl.c:700 [inline]
SyS_ioctl+0x8f/0xc0 fs/ioctl.c:691
entry_SYSCALL_64_fastpath+0x1f/0xbe
So we fix this by failing the attemp to add cached routes from userspace
with returning EINVAL error.
Fixes: 2b760fcf5c ("ipv6: hook up exception table to store dst cache")
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Recent additions to support multiple programs in cgroups impose
a strict requirement, "all yes is yes, any no is no". To enforce
this the infrastructure requires the 'no' return code, SK_DROP in
this case, to be 0.
To apply these rules to SK_SKB program types the sk_actions return
codes need to be adjusted.
This fix adds SK_PASS and makes 'SK_DROP = 0'. Finally, remove
SK_ABORTED to remove any chance that the API may allow aborted
program flows to be passed up the stack. This would be incorrect
behavior and allow programs to break existing policies.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This queueing discipline implements the shaper algorithm defined by
the 802.1Q-2014 Section 8.6.8.2 and detailed in Annex L.
It's primary usage is to apply some bandwidth reservation to user
defined traffic classes, which are mapped to different queues via the
mqprio qdisc.
Only a simple software implementation is added for now.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesus Sanchez-Palencia <jesus.sanchez-palencia@intel.com>
Tested-by: Henrik Austad <henrik@austad.us>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently, ip6_tnl_xmit_ctl drops tunneled packets if the remote
address (outer v6 destination) is one of host's locally configured
addresses.
Same applies to ip6_tnl_rcv_ctl: it drops packets if the remote address
(outer v6 source) is a local address.
This prevents using ipxip6 (and ip6_gre) tunnels whose local/remote
endpoints are on same host; OTOH v4 tunnels (ipip or gre) allow such
configurations.
An example where this proves useful is a system where entities are
identified by their unique v6 addresses, and use tunnels to encapsulate
traffic between them. The limitation prevents placing several entities
on same host.
Introduce IP6_TNL_F_ALLOW_LOCAL_REMOTE which allows to bypass this
restriction.
Signed-off-by: Shmulik Ladkani <shmulik.ladkani@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add resizable BAR infrastructure, including defines and helper functions to
read the possible sizes of a BAR and update its size. See PCIe r3.1, sec
7.22.
Link: https://pcisig.com/sites/default/files/specification_documents/ECN_Resizable-BAR_24Apr2008.pdf
Signed-off-by: Christian König <christian.koenig@amd.com>
[bhelgaas: rename to functions with "rebar" (to match #defines), drop shift
#defines, drop "_MASK" suffixes, fix typos, fix kerneldoc]
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bhelgaas@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Andy Shevchenko <andy.shevchenko@gmail.com>
linux/compiler.h is included indirectly by linux/types.h via
uapi/linux/types.h -> uapi/linux/posix_types.h -> linux/stddef.h
-> uapi/linux/stddef.h and is needed to provide a proper definition of
offsetof.
Unfortunately, compiler.h requires a definition of
smp_read_barrier_depends() for defining lockless_dereference() and soon
for defining READ_ONCE(), which means that all
users of READ_ONCE() will need to include asm/barrier.h to avoid splats
such as:
In file included from include/uapi/linux/stddef.h:1:0,
from include/linux/stddef.h:4,
from arch/h8300/kernel/asm-offsets.c:11:
include/linux/list.h: In function 'list_empty':
>> include/linux/compiler.h:343:2: error: implicit declaration of function 'smp_read_barrier_depends' [-Werror=implicit-function-declaration]
smp_read_barrier_depends(); /* Enforce dependency ordering from x */ \
^
A better alternative is to include asm/barrier.h in linux/compiler.h,
but this requires a type definition for "bool" on some architectures
(e.g. x86), which is defined later by linux/types.h. Type "bool" is also
used directly in linux/compiler.h, so the whole thing is pretty fragile.
This patch splits compiler.h in two: compiler_types.h contains type
annotations, definitions and the compiler-specific parts, whereas
compiler.h #includes compiler-types.h and additionally defines macros
such as {READ,WRITE.ACCESS}_ONCE().
uapi/linux/stddef.h and linux/linkage.h are then moved over to include
linux/compiler_types.h, which fixes the build for h8 and blackfin.
Signed-off-by: Will Deacon <will.deacon@arm.com>
Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1508840570-22169-2-git-send-email-will.deacon@arm.com
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
We already allow to enable TFO without a cookie by using the
fastopen-sysctl and setting it to TFO_SERVER_COOKIE_NOT_REQD (or
TFO_CLIENT_NO_COOKIE).
This is safe to do in certain environments where we know that there
isn't a malicous host (aka., data-centers) or when the
application-protocol already provides an authentication mechanism in the
first flight of data.
A server however might be providing multiple services or talking to both
sides (public Internet and data-center). So, this server would want to
enable cookie-less TFO for certain services and/or for connections that
go to the data-center.
This patch exposes a socket-option and a per-route attribute to enable such
fine-grained configurations.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Paasch <cpaasch@apple.com>
Reviewed-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- Fix parameter kerneldoc which caused kerneldoc warnings, by Sven Eckelmann
- Remove spurious warnings in B.A.T.M.A.N. V neighbor comparison,
by Sven Eckelmann
- Use inline kernel-doc style for UAPI constants, by Sven Eckelmann
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=qGzP
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'batadv-next-for-davem-20171023' of git://git.open-mesh.org/linux-merge
Simon Wunderlich says:
====================
This documentation/cleanup patchset includes the following patches:
- Fix parameter kerneldoc which caused kerneldoc warnings, by Sven Eckelmann
- Remove spurious warnings in B.A.T.M.A.N. V neighbor comparison,
by Sven Eckelmann
- Use inline kernel-doc style for UAPI constants, by Sven Eckelmann
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The enums of constants for netlink tends to become rather large over time.
Documenting them is easier when the kernel-doc is actually next to constant
and not in a different block above the enum.
Also inline kernel-doc allows multi-paragraph description. This could be
required to better document the netlink command types and the expected
return values.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
There were quite a few overlapping sets of changes here.
Daniel's bug fix for off-by-ones in the new BPF branch instructions,
along with the added allowances for "data_end > ptr + x" forms
collided with the metadata additions.
Along with those three changes came veritifer test cases, which in
their final form I tried to group together properly. If I had just
trimmed GIT's conflict tags as-is, this would have split up the
meta tests unnecessarily.
In the socketmap code, a set of preemption disabling changes
overlapped with the rename of bpf_compute_data_end() to
bpf_compute_data_pointers().
Changes were made to the mv88e6060.c driver set addr method
which got removed in net-next.
The hyperv transport socket layer had a locking change in 'net'
which overlapped with a change of socket state macro usage
in 'net-next'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adding support for helper function bpf_getsockops to socket_ops BPF
programs. This patch only supports TCP_CONGESTION.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Vysotsky <vlad@cs.ucla.edu>
Acked-by: Lawrence Brakmo <brakmo@fb.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@fb.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A congestion control algorithm can make a call to the BPF socket_ops
program to request the base RTT. The base RTT can be congestion control
dependent and is meant to represent a congestion threshold such that
RTTs above it indicate congestion. This is especially useful for flows
within a DC where the base RTT is easy to obtain.
Being provided a base RTT solves a basic problem in RTT based congestion
avoidance algorithms (such as Vegas, NV and BBR). Although it is easy
to get the base RTT when the network is not congested, it is very
diffcult to do when it is very congested. Newer connections get an
inflated value of the base RTT leading to unfariness (newer flows with a
larger base RTT get more bandwidth). As a result, RTT based congestion
avoidance algorithms tend to update their base RTTs to improve fairness.
In very congested networks this can lead to base RTT inflation, reducing
the ability of these RTT based congestion control algorithms to prevent
congestion.
Note that in my experiments with TCP-NV, the base RTT provided can be
much larger than the actual hardware RTT. For example, experimenting
with hosts within a rack where the hardware RTT is 16-20us, I've used
base RTTs up to 150us. The effect of using a larger base RTT is that the
congestion avoidance algorithm will allow more queueing. When there are
only a few flows the main effect is larger measured RTTs and RPC
latencies due to the increased queueing. When there are a lot of flows,
a larger base RTT can lead to more congestion and more packet drops.
For this case, where the hardware RTT is 20us, a base RTT of 80us
produces good results.
This patch only introduces BPF_SOCK_OPS_BASE_RTT, a later patch in this
set adds support for using it in TCP-NV. Further study and testing is
needed before support can be added to other delay based congestion
avoidance algorithms.
Signed-off-by: Lawrence Brakmo <brakmo@fb.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@fb.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce the map read/write flags to the eBPF syscalls that returns the
map fd. The flags is used to set up the file mode when construct a new
file descriptor for bpf maps. To not break the backward capability, the
f_flags is set to O_RDWR if the flag passed by syscall is 0. Otherwise
it should be O_RDONLY or O_WRONLY. When the userspace want to modify or
read the map content, it will check the file mode to see if it is
allowed to make the change.
Signed-off-by: Chenbo Feng <fengc@google.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
New socket option TCP_FASTOPEN_KEY to allow different keys per
listener. The listener by default uses the global key until the
socket option is set. The key is a 16 bytes long binary data. This
option has no effect on regular non-listener TCP sockets.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Christoph Paasch <cpaasch@apple.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This introduces a "register private expedited" membarrier command which
allows eventual removal of important memory barrier constraints on the
scheduler fast-paths. It changes how the "private expedited" membarrier
command (new to 4.14) is used from user-space.
This new command allows processes to register their intent to use the
private expedited command. This affects how the expedited private
command introduced in 4.14-rc is meant to be used, and should be merged
before 4.14 final.
Processes are now required to register before using
MEMBARRIER_CMD_PRIVATE_EXPEDITED, otherwise that command returns EPERM.
This fixes a problem that arose when designing requested extensions to
sys_membarrier() to allow JITs to efficiently flush old code from
instruction caches. Several potential algorithms are much less painful
if the user register intent to use this functionality early on, for
example, before the process spawns the second thread. Registering at
this time removes the need to interrupt each and every thread in that
process at the first expedited sys_membarrier() system call.
Signed-off-by: Mathieu Desnoyers <mathieu.desnoyers@efficios.com>
Acked-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com>
Cc: Alexander Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
In the AER case, the mask isn't strictly necessary because there are no
higher-order bits above the Interrupt Message Number, but using a #define
will make it possible to grep for it.
Suggested-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bhelgaas@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Dongdong Liu <liudongdong3@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bhelgaas@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
The ARM SPE architecture permits an implementation to ignore a sample
if the sample is due to be taken whilst another sample is already being
produced. In this case, it is desirable to report the collision to
userspace, as they may want to lower the sample period.
This patch adds a PERF_AUX_FLAG_COLLISION flag, so that such events can
be relayed to userspace.
Acked-by: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Will Deacon <will.deacon@arm.com>
The 'cpumap' is primarily used as a backend map for XDP BPF helper
call bpf_redirect_map() and XDP_REDIRECT action, like 'devmap'.
This patch implement the main part of the map. It is not connected to
the XDP redirect system yet, and no SKB allocation are done yet.
The main concern in this patch is to ensure the datapath can run
without any locking. This adds complexity to the setup and tear-down
procedure, which assumptions are extra carefully documented in the
code comments.
V2:
- make sure array isn't larger than NR_CPUS
- make sure CPUs added is a valid possible CPU
V3: fix nitpicks from Jakub Kicinski <kubakici@wp.pl>
V5:
- Restrict map allocation to root / CAP_SYS_ADMIN
- WARN_ON_ONCE if queue is not empty on tear-down
- Return -EPERM on memlock limit instead of -ENOMEM
- Error code in __cpu_map_entry_alloc() also handle ptr_ring_cleanup()
- Moved cpu_map_enqueue() to next patch
V6: all notice by Daniel Borkmann
- Fix err return code in cpu_map_alloc() introduced in V5
- Move cpu_possible() check after max_entries boundary check
- Forbid usage initially in check_map_func_compatibility()
V7:
- Fix alloc error path spotted by Daniel Borkmann
- Did stress test adding+removing CPUs from the map concurrently
- Fixed refcnt issue on cpu_map_entry, kthread started too soon
- Make sure packets are flushed during tear-down, involved use of
rcu_barrier() and kthread_run only exit after queue is empty
- Fix alloc error path in __cpu_map_entry_alloc() for ptr_ring
V8:
- Nitpicking comments and gramma by Edward Cree
- Fix missing semi-colon introduced in V7 due to rebasing
- Move struct bpf_cpu_map_entry members cpu+map_id to tracepoint patch
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* commit '3728e6a255b5': (904 commits)
Linux 4.14-rc5
x86/microcode: Do the family check first
locking/lockdep: Disable cross-release features for now
x86/mm: Flush more aggressively in lazy TLB mode
mm, swap: use page-cluster as max window of VMA based swap readahead
mm: page_vma_mapped: ensure pmd is loaded with READ_ONCE outside of lock
kmemleak: clear stale pointers from task stacks
fs/binfmt_misc.c: node could be NULL when evicting inode
fs/mpage.c: fix mpage_writepage() for pages with buffers
linux/kernel.h: add/correct kernel-doc notation
tty: fall back to N_NULL if switching to N_TTY fails during hangup
Revert "vmalloc: back off when the current task is killed"
mm/cma.c: take __GFP_NOWARN into account in cma_alloc()
scripts/kallsyms.c: ignore symbol type 'n'
userfaultfd: selftest: exercise -EEXIST only in background transfer
mm: only display online cpus of the numa node
mm: remove unnecessary WARN_ONCE in page_vma_mapped_walk().
mm/mempolicy: fix NUMA_INTERLEAVE_HIT counter
include/linux/of.h: provide of_n_{addr,size}_cells wrappers for !CONFIG_OF
mm/madvise.c: add description for MADV_WIPEONFORK and MADV_KEEPONFORK
...
This patch makes a slight tweak to mqprio in order to bring the
classid values used back in line with what is used for mq. The general idea
is to reserve values :ffe0 - :ffef to identify hardware traffic classes
normally reported via dev->num_tc. By doing this we can maintain a
consistent behavior with mq for classid where :1 - :ffdf will represent a
physical qdisc mapped onto a Tx queue represented by classid - 1, and the
traffic classes will be mapped onto a known subset of classid values
reserved for our virtual qdiscs.
Note I reserved the range from :fff0 - :ffff since this way we might be
able to reuse these classid values with clsact and ingress which would mean
that for mq, mqprio, ingress, and clsact we should be able to maintain a
similar classid layout.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jesus Sanchez-Palencia <jesus.sanchez-palencia@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Two new capabilities are introduced here:
- The ability to store some blocks uncompressed.
- The ability to locate blocks anywhere.
Those capabilities can be used independently, but the combination
opens the possibility for execute-in-place (XIP) of program text segments
that must remain uncompressed, and in the MMU case, must have a specific
alignment. It is even possible to still have the writable data segments
from the same file compressed as they have to be copied into RAM anyway.
This is achieved by giving special meanings to some unused block pointer
bits while remaining compatible with legacy cramfs images.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Chris Brandt <chris.brandt@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
The offload types currently supported in mqprio are 0 (no offload) and
1 (offload only TCs) by setting these values for the 'hw' option. If
offloads are supported by setting the 'hw' option to 1, the default
offload mode is 'dcb' where only the TC values are offloaded to the
device. This patch introduces a new hardware offload mode called
'channel' with 'hw' set to 1 in mqprio which makes full use of the
mqprio options, the TCs, the queue configurations and the QoS parameters
for the TCs. This is achieved through a new netlink attribute for the
'mode' option which takes values such as 'dcb' (default) and 'channel'.
The 'channel' mode also supports QoS attributes for traffic class such as
minimum and maximum values for bandwidth rate limits.
This patch enables configuring additional HW shaper attributes associated
with a traffic class. Currently the shaper for bandwidth rate limiting is
supported which takes options such as minimum and maximum bandwidth rates
and are offloaded to the hardware in the 'channel' mode. The min and max
limits for bandwidth rates are provided by the user along with the TCs
and the queue configurations when creating the mqprio qdisc. The interface
can be extended to support new HW shapers in future through the 'shaper'
attribute.
Introduces a new data structure 'tc_mqprio_qopt_offload' for offloading
mqprio queue options and use this to be shared between the kernel and
device driver. This contains a copy of the existing data structure
for mqprio queue options. This new data structure can be extended when
adding new attributes for traffic class such as mode, shaper, shaper
parameters (bandwidth rate limits). The existing data structure for mqprio
queue options will be shared between the kernel and userspace.
Example:
queues 4@0 4@4 hw 1 mode channel shaper bw_rlimit\
min_rate 1Gbit 2Gbit max_rate 4Gbit 5Gbit
To dump the bandwidth rates:
qdisc mqprio 804a: root tc 2 map 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
queues:(0:3) (4:7)
mode:channel
shaper:bw_rlimit min_rate:1Gbit 2Gbit max_rate:4Gbit 5Gbit
Signed-off-by: Amritha Nambiar <amritha.nambiar@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Like with any other service, group members' availability can be
subscribed for by connecting to be topology server. However, because
the events arrive via a different socket than the member socket, there
is a real risk that membership events my arrive out of synch with the
actual JOIN/LEAVE action. I.e., it is possible to receive the first
messages from a new member before the corresponding JOIN event arrives,
just as it is possible to receive the last messages from a leaving
member after the LEAVE event has already been received.
Since each member socket is internally also subscribing for membership
events, we now fix this problem by passing those events on to the user
via the member socket. We leverage the already present member synch-
ronization protocol to guarantee correct message/event order. An event
is delivered to the user as an empty message where the two source
addresses identify the new/lost member. Furthermore, we set the MSG_OOB
bit in the message flags to mark it as an event. If the event is an
indication about a member loss we also set the MSG_EOR bit, so it can
be distinguished from a member addition event.
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As a preparation for introducing flow control for multicast and datagram
messaging we need a more strictly defined framework than we have now. A
socket must be able keep track of exactly how many and which other
sockets it is allowed to communicate with at any moment, and keep the
necessary state for those.
We therefore introduce a new concept we have named Communication Group.
Sockets can join a group via a new setsockopt() call TIPC_GROUP_JOIN.
The call takes four parameters: 'type' serves as group identifier,
'instance' serves as an logical member identifier, and 'scope' indicates
the visibility of the group (node/cluster/zone). Finally, 'flags' makes
it possible to set certain properties for the member. For now, there is
only one flag, indicating if the creator of the socket wants to receive
a copy of broadcast or multicast messages it is sending via the socket,
and if wants to be eligible as destination for its own anycasts.
A group is closed, i.e., sockets which have not joined a group will
not be able to send messages to or receive messages from members of
the group, and vice versa.
Any member of a group can send multicast ('group broadcast') messages
to all group members, optionally including itself, using the primitive
send(). The messages are received via the recvmsg() primitive. A socket
can only be member of one group at a time.
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This file contains unnecessary whitespaces as newlines, remove them,
found by looking at what struct tc_mirred looks like.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The QMUX protocol specification defines structure of the special control
packet messages being sent between handlers of the control port.
Add these to the uapi header, as this structure and the associated types
are shared between the kernel and all userspace handlers of control
messages.
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The constants are used by both the name server and clients, so clarify
their value and move them to the uapi header.
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* port authorized event for 4-way-HS offload (Avi)
* enable MFP optional for such devices (Emmanuel)
* Kees's timer setup patch for mac80211 mesh
(the part that isn't trivially scripted)
* improve VLAN vs. TXQ handling (myself)
* load regulatory database as firmware file (myself)
* with various other small improvements and cleanups
I merged net-next once in the meantime to allow Kees's
timer setup patch to go in.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=gW8q
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2017-10-11' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
Work continues in various areas:
* port authorized event for 4-way-HS offload (Avi)
* enable MFP optional for such devices (Emmanuel)
* Kees's timer setup patch for mac80211 mesh
(the part that isn't trivially scripted)
* improve VLAN vs. TXQ handling (myself)
* load regulatory database as firmware file (myself)
* with various other small improvements and cleanups
I merged net-next once in the meantime to allow Kees's
timer setup patch to go in.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are several problems with regards to the return of
FE_SET_PROPERTY. The original idea were to return per-property
return codes via tvp->result field, and to return an updated
set of values.
However, that never worked. What's actually implemented is:
- the FE_SET_PROPERTY implementation doesn't call .get_frontend
callback in order to get the actual parameters after return;
- the tvp->result field is only filled if there's no error.
So, it is always filled with zero;
- FE_SET_PROPERTY doesn't call memdup_user() nor any other
copy_to_user() function. So, any changes to the properties
will be lost;
- FE_SET_PROPERTY is declared as a write-only ioctl (IOW).
While we could fix the above, it could cause regressions.
So, let's just assume what the code really does, updating
the documentation accordingly and removing the logic that
would update the discarded tvp->result.
Reviewed-by: Shuah Khan <shuahkh@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@s-opensource.com>
If the regulatory database is loaded, and then updated, it may
be necessary to reload it. Add an nl80211 command to do this.
Note that this just reloads the database, it doesn't re-apply
the rules from it immediately.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This adds a ct_clear action for clearing conntrack state. ct_clear is
currently implemented in OVS userspace, but is not backed by an action
in the kernel datapath. This is useful for flows that may modify a
packet tuple after a ct lookup has already occurred.
Signed-off-by: Eric Garver <e@erig.me>
Acked-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@ovn.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The fanotify interface allows user space daemons to make access
control decisions. Under common criteria requirements, we need to
optionally record decisions based on policy. This patch adds a bit mask,
FAN_AUDIT, that a user space daemon can 'or' into the response decision
which will tell the kernel that it made a decision and record it.
It would be used something like this in user space code:
response.response = FAN_DENY | FAN_AUDIT;
write(fd, &response, sizeof(struct fanotify_response));
When the syscall ends, the audit system will record the decision as a
AUDIT_FANOTIFY auxiliary record to denote that the reason this event
occurred is the result of an access control decision from fanotify
rather than DAC or MAC policy.
A sample event looks like this:
type=PATH msg=audit(1504310584.332:290): item=0 name="./evil-ls"
inode=1319561 dev=fc:03 mode=0100755 ouid=1000 ogid=1000 rdev=00:00
obj=unconfined_u:object_r:user_home_t:s0 nametype=NORMAL
type=CWD msg=audit(1504310584.332:290): cwd="/home/sgrubb"
type=SYSCALL msg=audit(1504310584.332:290): arch=c000003e syscall=2
success=no exit=-1 a0=32cb3fca90 a1=0 a2=43 a3=8 items=1 ppid=901
pid=959 auid=1000 uid=1000 gid=1000 euid=1000 suid=1000
fsuid=1000 egid=1000 sgid=1000 fsgid=1000 tty=pts1 ses=3 comm="bash"
exe="/usr/bin/bash" subj=unconfined_u:unconfined_r:unconfined_t:
s0-s0:c0.c1023 key=(null)
type=FANOTIFY msg=audit(1504310584.332:290): resp=2
Prior to using the audit flag, the developer needs to call
fanotify_init or'ing in FAN_ENABLE_AUDIT to ensure that the kernel
supports auditing. The calling process must also have the CAP_AUDIT_WRITE
capability.
Signed-off-by: sgrubb <sgrubb@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Amir Goldstein <amir73il@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Add erspan netlink interface for OVS.
Signed-off-by: William Tu <u9012063@gmail.com>
Cc: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@ovn.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter/IPVS fixes for net
The following patchset contains Netfilter/IPVS fixes for your net tree,
they are:
1) Fix packet drops due to incorrect ECN handling in IPVS, from Vadim
Fedorenko.
2) Fix splat with mark restoration in xt_socket with non-full-sock,
patch from Subash Abhinov Kasiviswanathan.
3) ipset bogusly bails out when adding IPv4 range containing more than
2^31 addresses, from Jozsef Kadlecsik.
4) Incorrect pernet unregistration order in ipset, from Florian Westphal.
5) Races between dump and swap in ipset results in BUG_ON splats, from
Ross Lagerwall.
6) Fix chain renames in nf_tables, from JingPiao Chen.
7) Fix race in pernet codepath with ebtables table registration, from
Artem Savkov.
8) Memory leak in error path in set name allocation in nf_tables, patch
from Arvind Yadav.
9) Don't dump chain counters if they are not available, this fixes a
crash when listing the ruleset.
10) Fix out of bound memory read in strlcpy() in x_tables compat code,
from Eric Dumazet.
11) Make sure we only process TCP packets in SYNPROXY hooks, patch from
Lin Zhang.
12) Cannot load rules incrementally anymore after xt_bpf with pinned
objects, added in revision 1. From Shmulik Ladkani.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 2c16d60332 ("netfilter: xt_bpf: support ebpf") introduced
support for attaching an eBPF object by an fd, with the
'bpf_mt_check_v1' ABI expecting the '.fd' to be specified upon each
IPT_SO_SET_REPLACE call.
However this breaks subsequent iptables calls:
# iptables -A INPUT -m bpf --object-pinned /sys/fs/bpf/xxx -j ACCEPT
# iptables -A INPUT -s 5.6.7.8 -j ACCEPT
iptables: Invalid argument. Run `dmesg' for more information.
That's because iptables works by loading existing rules using
IPT_SO_GET_ENTRIES to userspace, then issuing IPT_SO_SET_REPLACE with
the replacement set.
However, the loaded 'xt_bpf_info_v1' has an arbitrary '.fd' number
(from the initial "iptables -m bpf" invocation) - so when 2nd invocation
occurs, userspace passes a bogus fd number, which leads to
'bpf_mt_check_v1' to fail.
One suggested solution [1] was to hack iptables userspace, to perform a
"entries fixup" immediatley after IPT_SO_GET_ENTRIES, by opening a new,
process-local fd per every 'xt_bpf_info_v1' entry seen.
However, in [2] both Pablo Neira Ayuso and Willem de Bruijn suggested to
depricate the xt_bpf_info_v1 ABI dealing with pinned ebpf objects.
This fix changes the XT_BPF_MODE_FD_PINNED behavior to ignore the given
'.fd' and instead perform an in-kernel lookup for the bpf object given
the provided '.path'.
It also defines an alias for the XT_BPF_MODE_FD_PINNED mode, named
XT_BPF_MODE_PATH_PINNED, to better reflect the fact that the user is
expected to provide the path of the pinned object.
Existing XT_BPF_MODE_FD_ELF behavior (non-pinned fd mode) is preserved.
References: [1] https://marc.info/?l=netfilter-devel&m=150564724607440&w=2
[2] https://marc.info/?l=netfilter-devel&m=150575727129880&w=2
Reported-by: Rafael Buchbinder <rafi@rbk.ms>
Signed-off-by: Shmulik Ladkani <shmulik.ladkani@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch adds a new bridge port flag BR_NEIGH_SUPPRESS to
suppress arp and nd flood on bridge ports. It implements
rfc7432, section 10.
https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7432#section-10
for ethernet VPN deployments. It is similar to the existing
BR_PROXYARP* flags but has a few semantic differences to conform
to EVPN standard. Unlike the existing flags, this new flag suppresses
flood of all neigh discovery packets (arp and nd) to tunnel ports.
Supports both vlan filtering and non-vlan filtering bridges.
In case of EVPN, it is mainly used to avoid flooding
of arp and nd packets to tunnel ports like vxlan.
This patch adds netlink and sysfs support to set this bridge port
flag.
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of u8, use char for prog and map name. It can avoid the
userspace tool getting compiler's signess warning. The
bpf_prog_aux, bpf_map, bpf_attr, bpf_prog_info and
bpf_map_info are changed.
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Cc: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds helper bpf_perf_prog_read_cvalue for perf event based bpf
programs, to read event counter and enabled/running time.
The enabled/running time is accumulated since the perf event open.
The typical use case for perf event based bpf program is to attach itself
to a single event. In such cases, if it is desirable to get scaling factor
between two bpf invocations, users can can save the time values in a map,
and use the value from the map and the current value to calculate
the scaling factor.
Signed-off-by: Yonghong Song <yhs@fb.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@fb.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Hardware pmu counters are limited resources. When there are more
pmu based perf events opened than available counters, kernel will
multiplex these events so each event gets certain percentage
(but not 100%) of the pmu time. In case that multiplexing happens,
the number of samples or counter value will not reflect the
case compared to no multiplexing. This makes comparison between
different runs difficult.
Typically, the number of samples or counter value should be
normalized before comparing to other experiments. The typical
normalization is done like:
normalized_num_samples = num_samples * time_enabled / time_running
normalized_counter_value = counter_value * time_enabled / time_running
where time_enabled is the time enabled for event and time_running is
the time running for event since last normalization.
This patch adds helper bpf_perf_event_read_value for kprobed based perf
event array map, to read perf counter and enabled/running time.
The enabled/running time is accumulated since the perf event open.
To achieve scaling factor between two bpf invocations, users
can can use cpu_id as the key (which is typical for perf array usage model)
to remember the previous value and do the calculation inside the
bpf program.
Signed-off-by: Yonghong Song <yhs@fb.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@fb.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This commit introduces the MPLSoGRE support (RFC 4023), using ip tunnel
API by simply adding ipgre_tunnel_encap_(add|del)_mpls_ops() and the new
tunnel type TUNNEL_ENCAP_MPLS.
Signed-off-by: Amine Kherbouche <amine.kherbouche@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Merging this brings in the timer_setup() change, which allows
me to apply Kees's mac80211 changes for it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch adds the sock_diag interface for querying sockets from
userspace. Tools like ss(8) and netstat(8) can use this interface to
list open sockets.
The userspace ABI is defined in <linux/vm_sockets_diag.h> and includes
netlink request and response structs. The request can query sockets
based on their sk_state (e.g. listening sockets only) and the response
contains socket information fields including the local/remote addresses,
inode number, etc.
This patch does not dump VMCI pending sockets because I have only tested
the virtio transport, which does not use pending sockets. Support can
be added later by extending vsock_diag_dump() if needed by VMCI users.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
end of the 'DM_LIST_DEVICES' ioctl.
- A couple stable fixes for the DM crypt target.
- A DM raid health status reporting fix.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJZ1pR1AAoJEMUj8QotnQNa48kIAJ+HTqeNjVhspxqKyJHPl78W
3N/B11dWJ/CQ4xN7tbpC2gmsbnBBHE8RFTJzk3xQo7yoKsD0muqH35n0XA7X2A29
i7DoYro/7F6ZuPlgzhzcCjA7eTugR4vcp5dTFYoIQG0DaOKAkN/+gJTVjNDjpRR5
oGljZhKTeS4UNJTv/+ZjSMuAPycZq8LKRMOn/EgqT9MD4cIQ9VHN2qGc8jQt0Xrb
m58URvAoFesGnSjZcypk+JG2SbUfJ4WB3Db7+A+X7lu2219FIroFhNHMk9obYhXG
mkrhEnAsVsq/paPhCY4gdXWmSe7RNiAeSJeWhUSrNfjUACf1GF+l4CgBeBWIX+0=
=V40h
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'for-4.14/dm-fixes' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/device-mapper/linux-dm
Pull device mapper fixes from Mike Snitzer:
- a stable fix for the alignment of the event number reported at the
end of the 'DM_LIST_DEVICES' ioctl.
- a couple stable fixes for the DM crypt target.
- a DM raid health status reporting fix.
* tag 'for-4.14/dm-fixes' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/device-mapper/linux-dm:
dm raid: fix incorrect status output at the end of a "recover" process
dm crypt: reject sector_size feature if device length is not aligned to it
dm crypt: fix memory leak in crypt_ctr_cipher_old()
dm ioctl: fix alignment of event number in the device list
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Check iwlwifi 9000 reorder buffer out-of-space condition properly,
from Sara Sharon.
2) Fix RCU splat in qualcomm rmnet driver, from Subash Abhinov
Kasiviswanathan.
3) Fix session and tunnel release races in l2tp, from Guillaume Nault
and Sabrina Dubroca.
4) Fix endian bug in sctp_diag_dump(), from Dan Carpenter.
5) Several mlx5 driver fixes from the Mellanox folks (max flow counters
cap check, invalid memory access in IPoIB support, etc.)
6) tun_get_user() should bail if skb->len is zero, from Alexander
Potapenko.
7) Fix RCU lookups in inetpeer, from Eric Dumazet.
8) Fix locking in packet_do_bund().
9) Handle cb->start() error properly in netlink dump code, from Jason
A. Donenfeld.
10) Handle multicast properly in UDP socket early demux code. From Paolo
Abeni.
11) Several erspan bug fixes in ip_gre, from Xin Long.
12) Fix use-after-free in socket filter code, in order to handle the
fact that listener lock is no longer taken during the three-way TCP
handshake. From Eric Dumazet.
13) Fix infoleak in RTM_GETSTATS, from Nikolay Aleksandrov.
14) Fix tail call generation in x86-64 BPF JIT, from Alexei Starovoitov.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (77 commits)
net: 8021q: skip packets if the vlan is down
bpf: fix bpf_tail_call() x64 JIT
net: stmmac: dwmac-rk: Add RK3128 GMAC support
rndis_host: support Novatel Verizon USB730L
net: rtnetlink: fix info leak in RTM_GETSTATS call
socket, bpf: fix possible use after free
mlxsw: spectrum_router: Track RIF of IPIP next hops
mlxsw: spectrum_router: Move VRF refcounting
net: hns3: Fix an error handling path in 'hclge_rss_init_hw()'
net: mvpp2: Fix clock resource by adding an optional bus clock
r8152: add Linksys USB3GIGV1 id
l2tp: fix l2tp_eth module loading
ip_gre: erspan device should keep dst
ip_gre: set tunnel hlen properly in erspan_tunnel_init
ip_gre: check packet length and mtu correctly in erspan_xmit
ip_gre: get key from session_id correctly in erspan_rcv
tipc: use only positive error codes in messages
ppp: fix __percpu annotation
udp: perform source validation for mcast early demux
IPv4: early demux can return an error code
...
x-netns interfaces are bound to two netns: the link netns and the upper
netns. Usually, this kind of interfaces is created in the link netns and
then moved to the upper netns. At the end, the interface is visible only
in the upper netns. The link nsid is advertised via netlink in the upper
netns, thus the user always knows where is the link part.
There is no such mechanism in the link netns. When the interface is moved
to another netns, the user cannot "follow" it.
This patch adds a new netlink attribute which helps to follow an interface
which moves to another netns. When the interface is unregistered, the new
nsid is advertised. If the interface is a x-netns interface (ie
rtnl_link_ops->get_link_net is defined), the nsid is allocated if needed.
CC: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
introduce BPF_PROG_QUERY command to retrieve a set of either
attached programs to given cgroup or a set of effective programs
that will execute for events within a cgroup
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
for cgroup bits
Acked-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
introduce BPF_F_ALLOW_MULTI flag that can be used to attach multiple
bpf programs to a cgroup.
The difference between three possible flags for BPF_PROG_ATTACH command:
- NONE(default): No further bpf programs allowed in the subtree.
- BPF_F_ALLOW_OVERRIDE: If a sub-cgroup installs some bpf program,
the program in this cgroup yields to sub-cgroup program.
- BPF_F_ALLOW_MULTI: If a sub-cgroup installs some bpf program,
that cgroup program gets run in addition to the program in this cgroup.
NONE and BPF_F_ALLOW_OVERRIDE existed before. This patch doesn't
change their behavior. It only clarifies the semantics in relation
to new flag.
Only one program is allowed to be attached to a cgroup with
NONE or BPF_F_ALLOW_OVERRIDE flag.
Multiple programs are allowed to be attached to a cgroup with
BPF_F_ALLOW_MULTI flag. They are executed in FIFO order
(those that were attached first, run first)
The programs of sub-cgroup are executed first, then programs of
this cgroup and then programs of parent cgroup.
All eligible programs are executed regardless of return code from
earlier programs.
To allow efficient execution of multiple programs attached to a cgroup
and to avoid penalizing cgroups without any programs attached
introduce 'struct bpf_prog_array' which is RCU protected array
of pointers to bpf programs.
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
for cgroup bits
Acked-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a define for the maximum baud rate divisor, to improve code
readability.
Signed-off-by: Ed Blake <ed.blake@sondrel.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
This patch introduces RFC Draft ndata section 3.2 Priority Based
Scheduler (SCTP_SS_RR).
Works by maintaining a list of enqueued streams and tracking the last
one used to send data. When the datamsg is done, it switches to the next
stream.
See-also: https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-tsvwg-sctp-ndata-13
Tested-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces RFC Draft ndata section 3.4 Priority Based
Scheduler (SCTP_SS_PRIO).
It works by having a struct sctp_stream_priority for each priority
configured. This struct is then enlisted on a queue ordered per priority
if, and only if, there is a stream with data queued, so that dequeueing
is very straightforward: either finish current datamsg or simply dequeue
from the highest priority queued, which is the next stream pointed, and
that's it.
If there are multiple streams assigned with the same priority and with
data queued, it will do round robin amongst them while respecting
datamsgs boundaries (when not using idata chunks), to be reasonably
fair.
We intentionally don't maintain a list of priorities nor a list of all
streams with the same priority to save memory. The first would mean at
least 2 other pointers per priority (which, for 1000 priorities, that
can mean 16kB) and the second would also mean 2 other pointers but per
stream. As SCTP supports up to 65535 streams on a given asoc, that's
1MB. This impacts when giving a priority to some stream, as we have to
find out if the new priority is already being used and if we can free
the old one, and also when tearing down.
The new fields in struct sctp_stream_out_ext and sctp_stream are added
under a union because that memory is to be shared with other schedulers.
See-also: https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-tsvwg-sctp-ndata-13
Tested-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As defined per RFC Draft ndata Section 4.3.3, named as
SCTP_STREAM_SCHEDULER_VALUE.
See-also: https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-tsvwg-sctp-ndata-13
Tested-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As defined per RFC Draft ndata Section 4.3.2, named as
SCTP_STREAM_SCHEDULER.
See-also: https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-tsvwg-sctp-ndata-13
Tested-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces the hooks necessary to do stream scheduling, as
per RFC Draft ndata. It also introduces the first scheduler, which is
what we do today but now factored out: first come first served (FCFS).
With stream scheduling now we have to track which chunk was enqueued on
which stream and be able to select another other than the in front of
the main outqueue. So we introduce a list on sctp_stream_out_ext
structure for this purpose.
We reuse sctp_chunk->transmitted_list space for the list above, as the
chunk cannot belong to the two lists at the same time. By using the
union in there, we can have distinct names for these moments.
sctp_sched_ops are the operations expected to be implemented by each
scheduler. The dequeueing is a bit particular to this implementation but
it is to match how we dequeue packets today. We first dequeue and then
check if it fits the packet and if not, we requeue it at head. Thus why
we don't have a peek operation but have dequeue_done instead, which is
called once the chunk can be safely considered as transmitted.
The check removed from sctp_outq_flush is now performed by
sctp_stream_outq_migrate, which is only called during assoc setup.
(sctp_sendmsg() also checks for it)
The only operation that is foreseen but not yet added here is a way to
signalize that a new packet is starting or that the packet is done, for
round robin scheduler per packet, but is intentionally left to the
patch that actually implements it.
Support for I-DATA chunks, also described in this RFC, with user message
interleaving is straightforward as it just requires the schedulers to
probe for the feature and ignore datamsg boundaries when dequeueing.
See-also: https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-tsvwg-sctp-ndata-13
Tested-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- bpf prog_array just like all other types of bpf array accepts 32-bit index.
Clarify that in the comment.
- fix x64 JIT of bpf_tail_call which was incorrectly loading 8 instead of 4 bytes
- tighten corresponding check in the interpreter to stay consistent
The JIT bug can be triggered after introduction of BPF_F_NUMA_NODE flag
in commit 96eabe7a40 in 4.14. Before that the map_flags would stay zero and
though JIT code is wrong it will check bounds correctly.
Hence two fixes tags. All other JITs don't have this problem.
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Fixes: 96eabe7a40 ("bpf: Allow selecting numa node during map creation")
Fixes: b52f00e6a7 ("x86: bpf_jit: implement bpf_tail_call() helper")
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Here are a number of USB fixes for 4.14-rc4 to resolved reported issue.
There's a bunch of stuff in here based on the great work Andrey
Konovalov is doing in fuzzing the USB stack. Lots of bug fixes when
dealing with corrupted USB descriptors that we've never seen in "normal"
operation, but is now ensuring the stack is much more hardened overall.
There's also the usual XHCI and gadget driver fixes as well, and a build
error fix, and a few other minor things, full details in the shortlog.
All of these have been in linux-next with no reported issues.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iG0EABECAC0WIQT0tgzFv3jCIUoxPcsxR9QN2y37KQUCWdN/yw8cZ3JlZ0Brcm9h
aC5jb20ACgkQMUfUDdst+yl6pQCdGY+nPJhzj9EIeFj5QUpSuS4b1pYAoKrbNn+V
CMpg4iG1oXUtVL8jBbKa
=fVpl
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'usb-4.14-rc4' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/usb
Pull USB fixes from Greg KH:
"Here are a number of USB fixes for 4.14-rc4 to resolved reported
issues.
There's a bunch of stuff in here based on the great work Andrey
Konovalov is doing in fuzzing the USB stack. Lots of bug fixes when
dealing with corrupted USB descriptors that we've never seen in
"normal" operation, but is now ensuring the stack is much more
hardened overall.
There's also the usual XHCI and gadget driver fixes as well, and a
build error fix, and a few other minor things, full details in the
shortlog.
All of these have been in linux-next with no reported issues"
* tag 'usb-4.14-rc4' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/usb: (38 commits)
usb: dwc3: of-simple: Add compatible for Spreadtrum SC9860 platform
usb: gadget: udc: atmel: set vbus irqflags explicitly
usb: gadget: ffs: handle I/O completion in-order
usb: renesas_usbhs: fix usbhsf_fifo_clear() for RX direction
usb: renesas_usbhs: fix the BCLR setting condition for non-DCP pipe
usb: gadget: udc: renesas_usb3: Fix return value of usb3_write_pipe()
usb: gadget: udc: renesas_usb3: fix Pn_RAMMAP.Pn_MPKT value
usb: gadget: udc: renesas_usb3: fix for no-data control transfer
USB: dummy-hcd: Fix erroneous synchronization change
USB: dummy-hcd: fix infinite-loop resubmission bug
USB: dummy-hcd: fix connection failures (wrong speed)
USB: cdc-wdm: ignore -EPIPE from GetEncapsulatedResponse
USB: devio: Don't corrupt user memory
USB: devio: Prevent integer overflow in proc_do_submiturb()
USB: g_mass_storage: Fix deadlock when driver is unbound
USB: gadgetfs: Fix crash caused by inadequate synchronization
USB: gadgetfs: fix copy_to_user while holding spinlock
USB: uas: fix bug in handling of alternate settings
usb-storage: unusual_devs entry to fix write-access regression for Seagate external drives
usb-storage: fix bogus hardware error messages for ATA pass-thru devices
...
Add an event that indicates that a connection is authorized
(i.e. the 4 way handshake was performed by the driver). This event
should be sent by the driver after sending a connect/roamed event.
This is useful for networks that require 802.1X authentication.
In cases that the driver supports 4 way handshake offload, but the
802.1X authentication is managed by user space, the driver needs to
inform user space right after the 802.11 association was completed
so user space can initialize its 802.1X state machine etc.
However, it is also possible that the AP will choose to skip the
802.1X authentication (e.g. when PMKSA caching is used) and proceed
with the 4 way handshake immediately. In this case the driver needs
to inform user space that 802.1X authentication is no longer required
(e.g. to prevent user space from disconnecting since it did not get
any EAPOLs from the AP).
This is also useful for roaming, in which case it is possible that
the driver used the Fast Transition protocol so 802.1X is not
required.
Since there will now be a dedicated notification indicating that the
connection is authorized, the authorized flag can be removed from the
roamed event. Drivers can send the new port authorized event right
after sending the roamed event to indicate the new AP is already
authorized. This therefore reserves the old PORT_AUTHORIZED attribute.
Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
So far we've been relying on sockopt(SOL_IP, IP_FREEBIND) being usable
even on IPv6 sockets.
However, it turns out it is perfectly reasonable to want to set freebind
on an AF_INET6 SOCK_RAW socket - but there is no way to set any SOL_IP
socket option on such a socket (they're all blindly errored out).
One use case for this is to allow spoofing src ip on a raw socket
via sendmsg cmsg.
Tested:
built, and booted
# python
>>> import socket
>>> SOL_IP = socket.SOL_IP
>>> SOL_IPV6 = socket.IPPROTO_IPV6
>>> IP_FREEBIND = 15
>>> IPV6_FREEBIND = 78
>>> s = socket.socket(socket.AF_INET6, socket.SOCK_DGRAM, 0)
>>> s.getsockopt(SOL_IP, IP_FREEBIND)
0
>>> s.getsockopt(SOL_IPV6, IPV6_FREEBIND)
0
>>> s.setsockopt(SOL_IPV6, IPV6_FREEBIND, 1)
>>> s.getsockopt(SOL_IP, IP_FREEBIND)
1
>>> s.getsockopt(SOL_IPV6, IPV6_FREEBIND)
1
Signed-off-by: Maciej Żenczykowski <maze@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch allows userspace to specify a name for a map
during BPF_MAP_CREATE.
The map's name can later be exported to user space
via BPF_OBJ_GET_INFO_BY_FD.
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@fb.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch adds name and load_time to struct bpf_prog_aux. They
are also exported to bpf_prog_info.
The bpf_prog's name is passed by userspace during BPF_PROG_LOAD.
The kernel only stores the first (BPF_PROG_NAME_LEN - 1) bytes
and the name stored in the kernel is always \0 terminated.
The kernel will reject name that contains characters other than
isalnum() and '_'. It will also reject name that is not null
terminated.
The existing 'user->uid' of the bpf_prog_aux is also exported to
the bpf_prog_info as created_by_uid.
The existing 'used_maps' of the bpf_prog_aux is exported to
the newly added members 'nr_map_ids' and 'map_ids' of
the bpf_prog_info. On the input, nr_map_ids tells how
big the userspace's map_ids buffer is. On the output,
nr_map_ids tells the exact user_map_cnt and it will only
copy up to the userspace's map_ids buffer is allowed.
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@fb.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to be able to transparently forward most link-local frames via
tunnels (e.g. vxlan, qinq). Currently the bridge's group_fwd_mask has a
mask which restricts the forwarding of STP and LACP, but we need to be able
to forward these over tunnels and control that forwarding on a per-port
basis thus add a new per-port group_fwd_mask option which only disallows
mac pause frames to be forwarded (they're always dropped anyway).
The patch does not change the current default situation - all of the others
are still restricted unless configured for forwarding.
We have successfully tested this patch with LACP and STP forwarding over
VxLAN and qinq tunnels.
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add runtime instrumention register get and set which allows to read
and modify the runtime instrumention control block.
Signed-off-by: Alice Frosi <alice@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
This work enables generic transfer of metadata from XDP into skb. The
basic idea is that we can make use of the fact that the resulting skb
must be linear and already comes with a larger headroom for supporting
bpf_xdp_adjust_head(), which mangles xdp->data. Here, we base our work
on a similar principle and introduce a small helper bpf_xdp_adjust_meta()
for adjusting a new pointer called xdp->data_meta. Thus, the packet has
a flexible and programmable room for meta data, followed by the actual
packet data. struct xdp_buff is therefore laid out that we first point
to data_hard_start, then data_meta directly prepended to data followed
by data_end marking the end of packet. bpf_xdp_adjust_head() takes into
account whether we have meta data already prepended and if so, memmove()s
this along with the given offset provided there's enough room.
xdp->data_meta is optional and programs are not required to use it. The
rationale is that when we process the packet in XDP (e.g. as DoS filter),
we can push further meta data along with it for the XDP_PASS case, and
give the guarantee that a clsact ingress BPF program on the same device
can pick this up for further post-processing. Since we work with skb
there, we can also set skb->mark, skb->priority or other skb meta data
out of BPF, thus having this scratch space generic and programmable
allows for more flexibility than defining a direct 1:1 transfer of
potentially new XDP members into skb (it's also more efficient as we
don't need to initialize/handle each of such new members). The facility
also works together with GRO aggregation. The scratch space at the head
of the packet can be multiple of 4 byte up to 32 byte large. Drivers not
yet supporting xdp->data_meta can simply be set up with xdp->data_meta
as xdp->data + 1 as bpf_xdp_adjust_meta() will detect this and bail out,
such that the subsequent match against xdp->data for later access is
guaranteed to fail.
The verifier treats xdp->data_meta/xdp->data the same way as we treat
xdp->data/xdp->data_end pointer comparisons. The requirement for doing
the compare against xdp->data is that it hasn't been modified from it's
original address we got from ctx access. It may have a range marking
already from prior successful xdp->data/xdp->data_end pointer comparisons
though.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a TUN/TAP receive mode that exercises the napi_gro_frags()
interface. This mode is available only in TAP mode, as the interface
expects packets with Ethernet headers.
Furthermore, packets follow the layout of the iovec_iter that was
received. The first iovec is the linear data, and every one after the
first is a fragment. If there are more fragments than the max number,
drop the packet. Additionally, invoke eth_get_headlen() to exercise flow
dissector code and to verify that the header resides in the linear data.
The napi_gro_frags() mode requires setting the IFF_NAPI_FRAGS option.
This is imposed because this mode is intended for testing via tools like
syzkaller and packetdrill, and the increased flexibility it provides can
introduce security vulnerabilities. This flag is accepted only if the
device is in TAP mode and has the IFF_NAPI flag set as well. This is
done because both of these are explicit requirements for correct
operation in this mode.
Signed-off-by: Petar Penkov <peterpenkov96@gmail.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
Cc: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Cc: davem@davemloft.net
Cc: ppenkov@stanford.edu
Acked-by: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google,com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Changes TUN driver to use napi_gro_receive() upon receiving packets
rather than netif_rx_ni(). Adds flag IFF_NAPI that enables these
changes and operation is not affected if the flag is disabled. SKBs
are constructed upon packet arrival and are queued to be processed
later.
The new path was evaluated with a benchmark with the following setup:
Open two tap devices and a receiver thread that reads in a loop for
each device. Start one sender thread and pin all threads to different
CPUs. Send 1M minimum UDP packets to each device and measure sending
time for each of the sending methods:
napi_gro_receive(): 4.90s
netif_rx_ni(): 4.90s
netif_receive_skb(): 7.20s
Signed-off-by: Petar Penkov <peterpenkov96@gmail.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
Cc: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Cc: davem@davemloft.net
Cc: ppenkov@stanford.edu
Acked-by: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The size of struct dm_name_list is different on 32-bit and 64-bit
kernels (so "(nl + 1)" differs between 32-bit and 64-bit kernels).
This mismatch caused some harmless difference in padding when using 32-bit
or 64-bit kernel. Commit 23d70c5e52 ("dm ioctl: report event number in
DM_LIST_DEVICES") added reporting event number in the output of
DM_LIST_DEVICES_CMD. This difference in padding makes it impossible for
userspace to determine the location of the event number (the location
would be different when running on 32-bit and 64-bit kernels).
Fix the padding by using offsetof(struct dm_name_list, name) instead of
sizeof(struct dm_name_list) to determine the location of entries.
Also, the ioctl version number is incremented to 37 so that userspace
can use the version number to determine that the event number is present
and correctly located.
In addition, a global event is now raised when a DM device is created,
removed, renamed or when table is swapped, so that the user can monitor
for device changes.
Reported-by: Eugene Syromiatnikov <esyr@redhat.com>
Fixes: 23d70c5e52 ("dm ioctl: report event number in DM_LIST_DEVICES")
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 4.13
Signed-off-by: Mikulas Patocka <mpatocka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Mike Snitzer <snitzer@redhat.com>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Fix NAPI poll list corruption in enic driver, from Christian
Lamparter.
2) Fix route use after free, from Eric Dumazet.
3) Fix regression in reuseaddr handling, from Josef Bacik.
4) Assert the size of control messages in compat handling since we copy
it in from userspace twice. From Meng Xu.
5) SMC layer bug fixes (missing RCU locking, bad refcounting, etc.)
from Ursula Braun.
6) Fix races in AF_PACKET fanout handling, from Willem de Bruijn.
7) Don't use ARRAY_SIZE on spinlock array which might have zero
entries, from Geert Uytterhoeven.
8) Fix miscomputation of checksum in ipv6 udp code, from Subash Abhinov
Kasiviswanathan.
9) Push the ipv6 header properly in ipv6 GRE tunnel driver, from Xin
Long.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (75 commits)
inet: fix improper empty comparison
net: use inet6_rcv_saddr to compare sockets
net: set tb->fast_sk_family
net: orphan frags on stand-alone ptype in dev_queue_xmit_nit
MAINTAINERS: update git tree locations for ieee802154 subsystem
net: prevent dst uses after free
net: phy: Fix truncation of large IRQ numbers in phy_attached_print()
net/smc: no close wait in case of process shut down
net/smc: introduce a delay
net/smc: terminate link group if out-of-sync is received
net/smc: longer delay for client link group removal
net/smc: adapt send request completion notification
net/smc: adjust net_device refcount
net/smc: take RCU read lock for routing cache lookup
net/smc: add receive timeout check
net/smc: add missing dev_put
net: stmmac: Cocci spatch "of_table"
lan78xx: Use default values loaded from EEPROM/OTP after reset
lan78xx: Allow EEPROM write for less than MAX_EEPROM_SIZE
lan78xx: Fix for eeprom read/write when device auto suspend
...
Add support for two new low-level events: PIN_HPD_LOW and PIN_HPD_HIGH.
This is specifically meant for use with the upcoming cec-gpio driver
and makes it possible to trace when the HPD pin changes. Some HDMI
sinks do strange things with the HPD and this makes it easy to debug
this.
Note that this also moves the initialization of a devnode mutex and
list to the allocate_adapter function: if the HPD is high, then as
soon as the HPD interrupt is created an interrupt occurs and
cec_queue_pin_hpd_event() is called which requires that the devnode
mutex and list are initialized.
Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@s-opensource.com>
- sysctl and seccomp operation to discover available actions. (tyhicks)
- new per-filter configurable logging infrastructure and sysctl. (tyhicks)
- SECCOMP_RET_LOG to log allowed syscalls. (tyhicks)
- SECCOMP_RET_KILL_PROCESS as the new strictest possible action.
- self-tests for new behaviors.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1
Comment: Kees Cook <kees@outflux.net>
iQIcBAABCgAGBQJZxVbTAAoJEIly9N/cbcAmvIAQALR9aVQQXjma4lLhZxwTsLtG
rJm8t/o4y/2aBV8vzpFbMPT5gfN/PAkHJpCoxVPssx0k4PH2M7HjpnR6E1OC+erg
RNom3uNdNqZeFlDpdX1qriYiCTB9p6rHe0DPwgG9iGqgDxsJ+G3W+x1sMZ1C+A0M
shxA3fwt+Qpivo8Zq44xjMFjK+Zeor9V3yPc51QoZktWHlM16ID3HvHVnUtzqAUb
nTWF6ZlmZlJ/lp4Dq8/55lytVcXPo240G3H0Odai+SNFakK6p5UO//BRBV209bmb
05jpAOH6uym1sxVz00TQXCtDqOEzs2mQgomtTSShHg8SrLFX7nFkEFtAVA6tEri2
FqDYce9KX7ZtOYiq83C7pnpAFCouc0z31dQl9USHiAiexXklwBIX+OsVv98omWGi
pW43uLE2ovY0cpOsN50xI4mnxiGh6MhFcdbor2VLRJwLIFSw3XjjgNCCLyK4AJxs
N514252qi70c9cWyAHYDLy077yTVxu3JUlsVQKtRTMfoFUq6bX1jPXVXE8qkVrui
bc/Ay54pPrUwM854IpQ9ZBOuMfs6I5opocGIsBvMaND45U4o2B0ANCsxhuZ0zEtM
E55DhK5OgjukNemQmlWK2foDckYdtkJXCj2yMBNQady0Uynr2BWZ6VDBP7vFcnRB
UihRlFZRZleu8383uHsc
=sKeC
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'seccomp-v4.14-rc2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kees/linux
Pull seccomp updates from Kees Cook:
"Major additions:
- sysctl and seccomp operation to discover available actions
(tyhicks)
- new per-filter configurable logging infrastructure and sysctl
(tyhicks)
- SECCOMP_RET_LOG to log allowed syscalls (tyhicks)
- SECCOMP_RET_KILL_PROCESS as the new strictest possible action
- self-tests for new behaviors"
[ This is the seccomp part of the security pull request during the merge
window that was nixed due to unrelated problems - Linus ]
* tag 'seccomp-v4.14-rc2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kees/linux:
samples: Unrename SECCOMP_RET_KILL
selftests/seccomp: Test thread vs process killing
seccomp: Implement SECCOMP_RET_KILL_PROCESS action
seccomp: Introduce SECCOMP_RET_KILL_PROCESS
seccomp: Rename SECCOMP_RET_KILL to SECCOMP_RET_KILL_THREAD
seccomp: Action to log before allowing
seccomp: Filter flag to log all actions except SECCOMP_RET_ALLOW
seccomp: Selftest for detection of filter flag support
seccomp: Sysctl to configure actions that are allowed to be logged
seccomp: Operation for checking if an action is available
seccomp: Sysctl to display available actions
seccomp: Provide matching filter for introspection
selftests/seccomp: Refactor RET_ERRNO tests
selftests/seccomp: Add simple seccomp overhead benchmark
selftests/seccomp: Add tests for basic ptrace actions
Commit 3f1ac7a700 ("net: ethtool: add new ETHTOOL_xLINKSETTINGS API")
deprecated the ethtool_cmd::transceiver field, which was fine in
premise, except that the PHY library was actually using it to report the
type of transceiver: internal or external.
Use the first word of the reserved field to put this __u8 transceiver
field back in. It is made read-only, and we don't expect the
ETHTOOL_xLINKSETTINGS API to be doing anything with this anyway, so this
is mostly for the legacy path where we do:
ethtool_get_settings()
-> dev->ethtool_ops->get_link_ksettings()
-> convert_link_ksettings_to_legacy_settings()
to have no information loss compared to the legacy get_settings API.
Fixes: 3f1ac7a700 ("net: ethtool: add new ETHTOOL_xLINKSETTINGS API")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The user space can now allow the kernel to associate to an AP that
requires MFP or that doesn't have MFP enabled in the same
NL80211_CMD_CONNECT command, by using a new NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL flag.
The driver / firmware will decide whether to use it or not.
Include a feature bit to advertise support for NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL.
This allows new user space to run on old kernels and know that it
cannot use the new attribute if it isn't supported.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add Optimized Connectivity Experience (OCE) scan and capability flags.
Some of them unique to OCE and some are stand alone.
And add scan flags to enable/disable them.
Signed-off-by: Roee Zamir <roee.zamir@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Andrey Konovalov reported a possible out-of-bounds problem for a USB interface
association descriptor. He writes:
It seems there's no proper size check of a USB_DT_INTERFACE_ASSOCIATION
descriptor. It's only checked that the size is >= 2 in
usb_parse_configuration(), so find_iad() might do out-of-bounds access
to intf_assoc->bInterfaceCount.
And he's right, we don't check for crazy descriptors of this type very well, so
resolve this problem. Yet another issue found by syzkaller...
Reported-by: Andrey Konovalov <andreyknvl@google.com>
Tested-by: Andrey Konovalov <andreyknvl@google.com>
Cc: stable <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
some trivial amdkfd cleanups
* tag 'drm-amdkfd-next-2017-09-02' of git://people.freedesktop.org/~gabbayo/linux:
drm/amdkfd: pass queue's mqd when destroying mqd
drm/amdkfd: remove memset before memcpy
uapi linux/kfd_ioctl.h: only use __u32 and __u64
Pull zstd support from Chris Mason:
"Nick Terrell's patch series to add zstd support to the kernel has been
floating around for a while. After talking with Dave Sterba, Herbert
and Phillip, we decided to send the whole thing in as one pull
request.
zstd is a big win in speed over zlib and in compression ratio over
lzo, and the compression team here at FB has gotten great results
using it in production. Nick will continue to update the kernel side
with new improvements from the open source zstd userland code.
Nick has a number of benchmarks for the main zstd code in his lib/zstd
commit:
I ran the benchmarks on a Ubuntu 14.04 VM with 2 cores and 4 GiB
of RAM. The VM is running on a MacBook Pro with a 3.1 GHz Intel
Core i7 processor, 16 GB of RAM, and a SSD. I benchmarked using
`silesia.tar` [3], which is 211,988,480 B large. Run the following
commands for the benchmark:
sudo modprobe zstd_compress_test
sudo mknod zstd_compress_test c 245 0
sudo cp silesia.tar zstd_compress_test
The time is reported by the time of the userland `cp`.
The MB/s is computed with
1,536,217,008 B / time(buffer size, hash)
which includes the time to copy from userland.
The Adjusted MB/s is computed with
1,536,217,088 B / (time(buffer size, hash) - time(buffer size, none)).
The memory reported is the amount of memory the compressor
requests.
| Method | Size (B) | Time (s) | Ratio | MB/s | Adj MB/s | Mem (MB) |
|----------|----------|----------|-------|---------|----------|----------|
| none | 11988480 | 0.100 | 1 | 2119.88 | - | - |
| zstd -1 | 73645762 | 1.044 | 2.878 | 203.05 | 224.56 | 1.23 |
| zstd -3 | 66988878 | 1.761 | 3.165 | 120.38 | 127.63 | 2.47 |
| zstd -5 | 65001259 | 2.563 | 3.261 | 82.71 | 86.07 | 2.86 |
| zstd -10 | 60165346 | 13.242 | 3.523 | 16.01 | 16.13 | 13.22 |
| zstd -15 | 58009756 | 47.601 | 3.654 | 4.45 | 4.46 | 21.61 |
| zstd -19 | 54014593 | 102.835 | 3.925 | 2.06 | 2.06 | 60.15 |
| zlib -1 | 77260026 | 2.895 | 2.744 | 73.23 | 75.85 | 0.27 |
| zlib -3 | 72972206 | 4.116 | 2.905 | 51.50 | 52.79 | 0.27 |
| zlib -6 | 68190360 | 9.633 | 3.109 | 22.01 | 22.24 | 0.27 |
| zlib -9 | 67613382 | 22.554 | 3.135 | 9.40 | 9.44 | 0.27 |
I benchmarked zstd decompression using the same method on the same
machine. The benchmark file is located in the upstream zstd repo
under `contrib/linux-kernel/zstd_decompress_test.c` [4]. The
memory reported is the amount of memory required to decompress
data compressed with the given compression level. If you know the
maximum size of your input, you can reduce the memory usage of
decompression irrespective of the compression level.
| Method | Time (s) | MB/s | Adjusted MB/s | Memory (MB) |
|----------|----------|---------|---------------|-------------|
| none | 0.025 | 8479.54 | - | - |
| zstd -1 | 0.358 | 592.15 | 636.60 | 0.84 |
| zstd -3 | 0.396 | 535.32 | 571.40 | 1.46 |
| zstd -5 | 0.396 | 535.32 | 571.40 | 1.46 |
| zstd -10 | 0.374 | 566.81 | 607.42 | 2.51 |
| zstd -15 | 0.379 | 559.34 | 598.84 | 4.61 |
| zstd -19 | 0.412 | 514.54 | 547.77 | 8.80 |
| zlib -1 | 0.940 | 225.52 | 231.68 | 0.04 |
| zlib -3 | 0.883 | 240.08 | 247.07 | 0.04 |
| zlib -6 | 0.844 | 251.17 | 258.84 | 0.04 |
| zlib -9 | 0.837 | 253.27 | 287.64 | 0.04 |
I ran a long series of tests and benchmarks on the btrfs side and the
gains are very similar to the core benchmarks Nick ran"
* 'zstd-minimal' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mason/linux-btrfs:
squashfs: Add zstd support
btrfs: Add zstd support
lib: Add zstd modules
lib: Add xxhash module
The SPI_IOC_MESSAGE() macro references _IOC_SIZEBITS. Add linux/ioctl.h
to make sure this macro is defined. This fixes the following build
failure of lcdproc with the musl libc:
In file included from .../sysroot/usr/include/sys/ioctl.h:7:0,
from hd44780-spi.c:31:
hd44780-spi.c: In function 'spi_transfer':
hd44780-spi.c:89:24: error: '_IOC_SIZEBITS' undeclared (first use in this function)
status = ioctl(p->fd, SPI_IOC_MESSAGE(1), &xfer);
^
Signed-off-by: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@kernel.org>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Pull namespace updates from Eric Biederman:
"Life has been busy and I have not gotten half as much done this round
as I would have liked. I delayed it so that a minor conflict
resolution with the mips tree could spend a little time in linux-next
before I sent this pull request.
This includes two long delayed user namespace changes from Kirill
Tkhai. It also includes a very useful change from Serge Hallyn that
allows the security capability attribute to be used inside of user
namespaces. The practical effect of this is people can now untar
tarballs and install rpms in user namespaces. It had been suggested to
generalize this and encode some of the namespace information
information in the xattr name. Upon close inspection that makes the
things that should be hard easy and the things that should be easy
more expensive.
Then there is my bugfix/cleanup for signal injection that removes the
magic encoding of the siginfo union member from the kernel internal
si_code. The mips folks reported the case where I had used FPE_FIXME
me is impossible so I have remove FPE_FIXME from mips, while at the
same time including a return statement in that case to keep gcc from
complaining about unitialized variables.
I almost finished the work to get make copy_siginfo_to_user a trivial
copy to user. The code is available at:
git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/ebiederm/user-namespace.git neuter-copy_siginfo_to_user-v3
But I did not have time/energy to get the code posted and reviewed
before the merge window opened.
I was able to see that the security excuse for just copying fields
that we know are initialized doesn't work in practice there are buggy
initializations that don't initialize the proper fields in siginfo. So
we still sometimes copy unitialized data to userspace"
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/ebiederm/user-namespace:
Introduce v3 namespaced file capabilities
mips/signal: In force_fcr31_sig return in the impossible case
signal: Remove kernel interal si_code magic
fcntl: Don't use ambiguous SIG_POLL si_codes
prctl: Allow local CAP_SYS_ADMIN changing exe_file
security: Use user_namespace::level to avoid redundant iterations in cap_capable()
userns,pidns: Verify the userns for new pid namespaces
signal/testing: Don't look for __SI_FAULT in userspace
signal/mips: Document a conflict with SI_USER with SIGFPE
signal/sparc: Document a conflict with SI_USER with SIGFPE
signal/ia64: Document a conflict with SI_USER with SIGFPE
signal/alpha: Document a conflict with SI_USER for SIGTRAP
This branch contains platform-related driver updates for ARM and ARM64.
Among them:
- Reset driver updates:
+ New API for dealing with arrays of resets
+ Make unimplemented {de,}assert return success on shared resets
+ MSDKv1 driver
+ Removal of obsolete Gemini reset driver
+ Misc updates for sunxi and Uniphier
- SoC drivers:
+ Platform SoC driver registration on Tegra
+ Shuffle of Qualcomm drivers into a submenu
+ Allwinner A64 support for SRAM
+ Renesas R-Car R3 support
+ Power domains for Rockchip RK3366
- Misc updates and smaller fixes for TEE and memory driver subsystems
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=yBzS
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'armsoc-drivers' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/arm/arm-soc
Pull ARM SoC driver updates from Olof Johansson:
"This branch contains platform-related driver updates for ARM and ARM64.
Among them:
- Reset driver updates:
+ New API for dealing with arrays of resets
+ Make unimplemented {de,}assert return success on shared resets
+ MSDKv1 driver
+ Removal of obsolete Gemini reset driver
+ Misc updates for sunxi and Uniphier
- SoC drivers:
+ Platform SoC driver registration on Tegra
+ Shuffle of Qualcomm drivers into a submenu
+ Allwinner A64 support for SRAM
+ Renesas R-Car R3 support
+ Power domains for Rockchip RK3366
- Misc updates and smaller fixes for TEE and memory driver
subsystems"
* tag 'armsoc-drivers' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/arm/arm-soc: (54 commits)
firmware: arm_scpi: fix endianness of dev_id in struct dev_pstate_set
soc/tegra: fuse: Add missing semi-colon
soc/tegra: Restrict SoC device registration to Tegra
drivers: soc: sunxi: add support for A64 and its SRAM C
drivers: soc: sunxi: add support for remapping func value to reg value
drivers: soc: sunxi: fix error processing on base address when claiming
dt-bindings: add binding for Allwinner A64 SRAM controller and SRAM C
bus: sunxi-rsb: Enable by default for ARM64
soc/tegra: Register SoC device
firmware: tegra: set drvdata earlier
memory: Convert to using %pOF instead of full_name
soc: Convert to using %pOF instead of full_name
bus: Convert to using %pOF instead of full_name
firmware: Convert to using %pOF instead of full_name
soc: mediatek: add SCPSYS power domain driver for MediaTek MT7622 SoC
soc: mediatek: add header files required for MT7622 SCPSYS dt-binding
soc: mediatek: reduce code duplication of scpsys_probe across all SoCs
dt-bindings: soc: update the binding document for SCPSYS on MediaTek MT7622 SoC
reset: uniphier: add analog amplifiers reset control
reset: uniphier: add video input subsystem reset control
...
Pull followup block layer updates from Jens Axboe:
"I ended up splitting the main pull request for this series into two,
mainly because of clashes between NVMe fixes that went into 4.13 after
the for-4.14 branches were split off. This pull request is mostly
NVMe, but not exclusively. In detail, it contains:
- Two pull request for NVMe changes from Christoph. Nothing new on
the feature front, basically just fixes all over the map for the
core bits, transport, rdma, etc.
- Series from Bart, cleaning up various bits in the BFQ scheduler.
- Series of bcache fixes, which has been lingering for a release or
two. Coly sent this in, but patches from various people in this
area.
- Set of patches for BFQ from Paolo himself, updating both
documentation and fixing some corner cases in performance.
- Series from Omar, attempting to now get the 4k loop support
correct. Our confidence level is higher this time.
- Series from Shaohua for loop as well, improving O_DIRECT
performance and fixing a use-after-free"
* 'for-4.14/block-postmerge' of git://git.kernel.dk/linux-block: (74 commits)
bcache: initialize dirty stripes in flash_dev_run()
loop: set physical block size to logical block size
bcache: fix bch_hprint crash and improve output
bcache: Update continue_at() documentation
bcache: silence static checker warning
bcache: fix for gc and write-back race
bcache: increase the number of open buckets
bcache: Correct return value for sysfs attach errors
bcache: correct cache_dirty_target in __update_writeback_rate()
bcache: gc does not work when triggering by manual command
bcache: Don't reinvent the wheel but use existing llist API
bcache: do not subtract sectors_to_gc for bypassed IO
bcache: fix sequential large write IO bypass
bcache: Fix leak of bdev reference
block/loop: remove unused field
block/loop: fix use after free
bfq: Use icq_to_bic() consistently
bfq: Suppress compiler warnings about comparisons
bfq: Check kstrtoul() return value
bfq: Declare local functions static
...
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
"The iwlwifi firmware compat fix is in here as well as some other
stuff:
1) Fix request socket leak introduced by BPF deadlock fix, from Eric
Dumazet.
2) Fix VLAN handling with TXQs in mac80211, from Johannes Berg.
3) Missing __qdisc_drop conversions in prio and qfq schedulers, from
Gao Feng.
4) Use after free in netlink nlk groups handling, from Xin Long.
5) Handle MTU update properly in ipv6 gre tunnels, from Xin Long.
6) Fix leak of ipv6 fib tables on netns teardown, from Sabrina Dubroca
with follow-on fix from Eric Dumazet.
7) Need RCU and preemption disabled during generic XDP data patch,
from John Fastabend"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (54 commits)
bpf: make error reporting in bpf_warn_invalid_xdp_action more clear
Revert "mdio_bus: Remove unneeded gpiod NULL check"
bpf: devmap, use cond_resched instead of cpu_relax
bpf: add support for sockmap detach programs
net: rcu lock and preempt disable missing around generic xdp
bpf: don't select potentially stale ri->map from buggy xdp progs
net: tulip: Constify tulip_tbl
net: ethernet: ti: netcp_core: no need in netif_napi_del
davicom: Display proper debug level up to 6
net: phy: sfp: rename dt properties to match the binding
dt-binding: net: sfp binding documentation
dt-bindings: add SFF vendor prefix
dt-bindings: net: don't confuse with generic PHY property
ip6_tunnel: fix setting hop_limit value for ipv6 tunnel
ip_tunnel: fix setting ttl and tos value in collect_md mode
ipv6: fix typo in fib6_net_exit()
tcp: fix a request socket leak
sctp: fix missing wake ups in some situations
netfilter: xt_hashlimit: fix build error caused by 64bit division
netfilter: xt_hashlimit: alloc hashtable with right size
...
Merge more updates from Andrew Morton:
- most of the rest of MM
- a small number of misc things
- lib/ updates
- checkpatch
- autofs updates
- ipc/ updates
* emailed patches from Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>: (126 commits)
ipc: optimize semget/shmget/msgget for lots of keys
ipc/sem: play nicer with large nsops allocations
ipc/sem: drop sem_checkid helper
ipc: convert kern_ipc_perm.refcount from atomic_t to refcount_t
ipc: convert sem_undo_list.refcnt from atomic_t to refcount_t
ipc: convert ipc_namespace.count from atomic_t to refcount_t
kcov: support compat processes
sh: defconfig: cleanup from old Kconfig options
mn10300: defconfig: cleanup from old Kconfig options
m32r: defconfig: cleanup from old Kconfig options
drivers/pps: use surrounding "if PPS" to remove numerous dependency checks
drivers/pps: aesthetic tweaks to PPS-related content
cpumask: make cpumask_next() out-of-line
kmod: move #ifdef CONFIG_MODULES wrapper to Makefile
kmod: split off umh headers into its own file
MAINTAINERS: clarify kmod is just a kernel module loader
kmod: split out umh code into its own file
test_kmod: flip INT checks to be consistent
test_kmod: remove paranoid UINT_MAX check on uint range processing
vfat: deduplicate hex2bin()
...
Differ between illegal XDP action code and just driver
unsupported one to provide better feedback when we throw
a one-time warning here. Reason is that with 814abfabef
("xdp: add bpf_redirect helper function") not all drivers
support the new XDP return code yet and thus they will
fall into their 'default' case when checking for return
codes after program return, which then triggers a
bpf_warn_invalid_xdp_action() stating that the return
code is illegal, but from XDP perspective it's not.
I decided not to place something like a XDP_ACT_MAX define
into uapi i) given we don't have this either for all other
program types, ii) future action codes could have further
encoding there, which would render such define unsuitable
and we wouldn't be able to rip it out again, and iii) we
rarely add new action codes.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Collection of aesthetic adjustments to various PPS-related files,
directories and Documentation, some quite minor just for the sake of
consistency, including:
* Updated example of pps device tree node (courtesy Rodolfo G.)
* "PPS-API" -> "PPS API"
* "pps_source_info_s" -> "pps_source_info"
* "ktimer driver" -> "pps-ktimer driver"
* "ppstest /dev/pps0" -> "ppstest /dev/pps1" to match example
* Add missing PPS-related entries to MAINTAINERS file
* Other trivialities
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/alpine.LFD.2.20.1708261048220.8106@localhost.localdomain
Signed-off-by: Robert P. J. Day <rpjday@crashcourse.ca>
Acked-by: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@enneenne.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
These are not used by either kernel or userspace, although
AUTOFS_IOC_EXPIRE_DIRECT once seems to have been used by userspace in
around 2006-2008, which was technically just an alias of the existing
ioctl AUTOFS_IOC_EXPIRE_MULTI.
ioctls for autofs are already complicated enough that they could be
removed unless these are staying here to be able to compile userspace code
of certain period of time from a decade ago.
Edit: raven@themaw.net
Yes, this is indeed very old and anything that still uses must
be updated becuase it will be using broken functionality.
End edit: raven@themaw.net
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/150285067347.4670.11494624644273072003.stgit@pluto.themaw.net
Signed-off-by: Tomohiro Kusumi <tkusumi@tuxera.com>
Signed-off-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Some of the autofs miscellaneous device ioctls need to be accessable to
user space applications without CAP_SYS_ADMIN to get information about
autofs mounts.
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/150216642517.11652.2338933266137331637.stgit@pluto.themaw.net
Signed-off-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net>
Cc: Colin Walters <walters@redhat.com>
Cc: Ondrej Holy <oholy@redhat.com>
Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=9cLP
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'pci-v4.14-changes' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/helgaas/pci
Pull PCI updates from Bjorn Helgaas:
- add enhanced Downstream Port Containment support, which prints more
details about Root Port Programmed I/O errors (Dongdong Liu)
- add Layerscape ls1088a and ls2088a support (Hou Zhiqiang)
- add MediaTek MT2712 and MT7622 support (Ryder Lee)
- add MediaTek MT2712 and MT7622 MSI support (Honghui Zhang)
- add Qualcom IPQ8074 support (Varadarajan Narayanan)
- add R-Car r8a7743/5 device tree support (Biju Das)
- add Rockchip per-lane PHY support for better power management (Shawn
Lin)
- fix IRQ mapping for hot-added devices by replacing the
pci_fixup_irqs() boot-time design with a host bridge hook called at
probe-time (Lorenzo Pieralisi, Matthew Minter)
- fix race when enabling two devices that results in upstream bridge
not being enabled correctly (Srinath Mannam)
- fix pciehp power fault infinite loop (Keith Busch)
- fix SHPC bridge MSI hotplug events by enabling bus mastering
(Aleksandr Bezzubikov)
- fix a VFIO issue by correcting PCIe capability sizes (Alex
Williamson)
- fix an INTD issue on Xilinx and possibly other drivers by unifying
INTx IRQ domain support (Paul Burton)
- avoid IOMMU stalls by marking AMD Stoney GPU ATS as broken (Joerg
Roedel)
- allow APM X-Gene device assignment to guests by adding an ACS quirk
(Feng Kan)
- fix driver crashes by disabling Extended Tags on Broadcom HT2100
(Extended Tags support is required for PCIe Receivers but not
Requesters, and we now enable them by default when Requesters support
them) (Sinan Kaya)
- fix MSIs for devices that use phantom RIDs for DMA by assuming MSIs
use the real Requester ID (not a phantom RID) (Robin Murphy)
- prevent assignment of Intel VMD children to guests (which may be
supported eventually, but isn't yet) by not associating an IOMMU with
them (Jon Derrick)
- fix Intel VMD suspend/resume by releasing IRQs on suspend (Scott
Bauer)
- fix a Function-Level Reset issue with Intel 750 NVMe by waiting
longer (up to 60sec instead of 1sec) for device to become ready
(Sinan Kaya)
- fix a Function-Level Reset issue on iProc Stingray by working around
hardware defects in the CRS implementation (Oza Pawandeep)
- fix an issue with Intel NVMe P3700 after an iProc reset by adding a
delay during shutdown (Oza Pawandeep)
- fix a Microsoft Hyper-V lockdep issue by polling instead of blocking
in compose_msi_msg() (Stephen Hemminger)
- fix a wireless LAN driver timeout by clearing DesignWare MSI
interrupt status after it is handled, not before (Faiz Abbas)
- fix DesignWare ATU enable checking (Jisheng Zhang)
- reduce Layerscape dependencies on the bootloader by doing more
initialization in the driver (Hou Zhiqiang)
- improve Intel VMD performance allowing allocation of more IRQ vectors
than present CPUs (Keith Busch)
- improve endpoint framework support for initial DMA mask, different
BAR sizes, configurable page sizes, MSI, test driver, etc (Kishon
Vijay Abraham I, Stan Drozd)
- rework CRS support to add periodic messages while we poll during
enumeration and after Function-Level Reset and prepare for possible
other uses of CRS (Sinan Kaya)
- clean up Root Port AER handling by removing unnecessary code and
moving error handler methods to struct pcie_port_service_driver
(Christoph Hellwig)
- clean up error handling paths in various drivers (Bjorn Andersson,
Fabio Estevam, Gustavo A. R. Silva, Harunobu Kurokawa, Jeffy Chen,
Lorenzo Pieralisi, Sergei Shtylyov)
- clean up SR-IOV resource handling by disabling VF decoding before
updating the corresponding resource structs (Gavin Shan)
- clean up DesignWare-based drivers by unifying quirks to update Class
Code and Interrupt Pin and related handling of write-protected
registers (Hou Zhiqiang)
- clean up by adding empty generic pcibios_align_resource() and
pcibios_fixup_bus() and removing empty arch-specific implementations
(Palmer Dabbelt)
- request exclusive reset control for several drivers to allow cleanup
elsewhere (Philipp Zabel)
- constify various structures (Arvind Yadav, Bhumika Goyal)
- convert from full_name() to %pOF (Rob Herring)
- remove unused variables from iProc, HiSi, Altera, Keystone (Shawn
Lin)
* tag 'pci-v4.14-changes' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/helgaas/pci: (170 commits)
PCI: xgene: Clean up whitespace
PCI: xgene: Define XGENE_PCI_EXP_CAP and use generic PCI_EXP_RTCTL offset
PCI: xgene: Fix platform_get_irq() error handling
PCI: xilinx-nwl: Fix platform_get_irq() error handling
PCI: rockchip: Fix platform_get_irq() error handling
PCI: altera: Fix platform_get_irq() error handling
PCI: spear13xx: Fix platform_get_irq() error handling
PCI: artpec6: Fix platform_get_irq() error handling
PCI: armada8k: Fix platform_get_irq() error handling
PCI: dra7xx: Fix platform_get_irq() error handling
PCI: exynos: Fix platform_get_irq() error handling
PCI: iproc: Clean up whitespace
PCI: iproc: Rename PCI_EXP_CAP to IPROC_PCI_EXP_CAP
PCI: iproc: Add 500ms delay during device shutdown
PCI: Fix typos and whitespace errors
PCI: Remove unused "res" variable from pci_resource_io()
PCI: Correct kernel-doc of pci_vpd_srdt_size(), pci_vpd_srdt_tag()
PCI/AER: Reformat AER register definitions
iommu/vt-d: Prevent VMD child devices from being remapping targets
x86/PCI: Use is_vmd() rather than relying on the domain number
...
Common:
- improve heuristic for boosting preempted spinlocks by ignoring VCPUs
in user mode
ARM:
- fix for decoding external abort types from guests
- added support for migrating the active priority of interrupts when
running a GICv2 guest on a GICv3 host
- minor cleanup
PPC:
- expose storage keys to userspace
- merge powerpc/topic/ppc-kvm branch that contains
find_linux_pte_or_hugepte and POWER9 thread management cleanup
- merge kvm-ppc-fixes with a fix that missed 4.13 because of vacations
- fixes
s390:
- merge of topic branch tlb-flushing from the s390 tree to get the
no-dat base features
- merge of kvm/master to avoid conflicts with additional sthyi fixes
- wire up the no-dat enhancements in KVM
- multiple epoch facility (z14 feature)
- Configuration z/Architecture Mode
- more sthyi fixes
- gdb server range checking fix
- small code cleanups
x86:
- emulate Hyper-V TSC frequency MSRs
- add nested INVPCID
- emulate EPTP switching VMFUNC
- support Virtual GIF
- support 5 level page tables
- speedup nested VM exits by packing byte operations
- speedup MMIO by using hardware provided physical address
- a lot of fixes and cleanups, especially nested
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQEcBAABCAAGBQJZspE1AAoJEED/6hsPKofoDcMIALT11n+LKV50QGwQdg2W1GOt
aChbgnj/Kegit3hQlDhVNb8kmdZEOZzSL81Lh0VPEr7zXU8QiWn2snbizDPv8sde
MpHhcZYZZ0YrpoiZKjl8yiwcu88OWGn2qtJ7OpuTS5hvEGAfxMncp0AMZho6fnz/
ySTwJ9GK2MTgBw39OAzCeDOeoYn4NKYMwjJGqBXRhNX8PG/1wmfqv0vPrd6wfg31
KJ58BumavwJjr8YbQ1xELm9rpQrAmaayIsG0R1dEUqCbt5a1+t2gt4h2uY7tWcIv
ACt2bIze7eF3xA+OpRs+eT+yemiH3t9btIVmhCfzUpnQ+V5Z55VMSwASLtTuJRQ=
=R8Ry
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'kvm-4.14-1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/virt/kvm/kvm
Pull KVM updates from Radim Krčmář:
"First batch of KVM changes for 4.14
Common:
- improve heuristic for boosting preempted spinlocks by ignoring
VCPUs in user mode
ARM:
- fix for decoding external abort types from guests
- added support for migrating the active priority of interrupts when
running a GICv2 guest on a GICv3 host
- minor cleanup
PPC:
- expose storage keys to userspace
- merge kvm-ppc-fixes with a fix that missed 4.13 because of
vacations
- fixes
s390:
- merge of kvm/master to avoid conflicts with additional sthyi fixes
- wire up the no-dat enhancements in KVM
- multiple epoch facility (z14 feature)
- Configuration z/Architecture Mode
- more sthyi fixes
- gdb server range checking fix
- small code cleanups
x86:
- emulate Hyper-V TSC frequency MSRs
- add nested INVPCID
- emulate EPTP switching VMFUNC
- support Virtual GIF
- support 5 level page tables
- speedup nested VM exits by packing byte operations
- speedup MMIO by using hardware provided physical address
- a lot of fixes and cleanups, especially nested"
* tag 'kvm-4.14-1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/virt/kvm/kvm: (67 commits)
KVM: arm/arm64: Support uaccess of GICC_APRn
KVM: arm/arm64: Extract GICv3 max APRn index calculation
KVM: arm/arm64: vITS: Drop its_ite->lpi field
KVM: arm/arm64: vgic: constify seq_operations and file_operations
KVM: arm/arm64: Fix guest external abort matching
KVM: PPC: Book3S HV: Fix memory leak in kvm_vm_ioctl_get_htab_fd
KVM: s390: vsie: cleanup mcck reinjection
KVM: s390: use WARN_ON_ONCE only for checking
KVM: s390: guestdbg: fix range check
KVM: PPC: Book3S HV: Report storage key support to userspace
KVM: PPC: Book3S HV: Fix case where HDEC is treated as 32-bit on POWER9
KVM: PPC: Book3S HV: Fix invalid use of register expression
KVM: PPC: Book3S HV: Fix H_REGISTER_VPA VPA size validation
KVM: PPC: Book3S HV: Fix setting of storage key in H_ENTER
KVM: PPC: e500mc: Fix a NULL dereference
KVM: PPC: e500: Fix some NULL dereferences on error
KVM: PPC: Book3S HV: Protect updates to spapr_tce_tables list
KVM: s390: we are always in czam mode
KVM: s390: expose no-DAT to guest and migration support
KVM: s390: sthyi: remove invalid guest write access
...
Pull UDF, reiserfs, quota, fsnotify cleanups from Jan Kara:
"Several UDF, reiserfs, quota and fsnotify cleanups.
Note that there is also a patch updating MAINTAINERS entry for
notification subsystem to point to me as a maintainer since current
entries are stale"
* 'for_linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jack/linux-fs:
fsnotify: make dnotify_fsnotify_ops const
isofs: Delete an unnecessary variable initialisation in isofs_read_inode()
isofs: Adjust four checks for null pointers
isofs: Delete an error message for a failed memory allocation in isofs_read_inode()
quota_v2: Delete an error message for a failed memory allocation in v2_read_file_info()
fs-udf: Delete an error message for a failed memory allocation in two functions
fs-udf: Improve six size determinations
fs-udf: Adjust two checks for null pointers
reiserfs: fix spelling mistake: "tranasction" -> "transaction"
MAINTAINERS: Update entries for notification subsystem
uapi/linux/quota.h: Do not include linux/errno.h
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=fNM2
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'media/v4.14-1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mchehab/linux-media
Pull media updates from Mauro Carvalho Chehab:
"Brazil's Independence Day pull request :-)
This is one of the biggest media pull requests, with 625 patches
affecting almost all parts of media (RC, DVB, V4L2, CEC, docs).
This contains:
- A lot of new drivers:
* DVB frontends: mxl5xx, stv0910, stv6111;
* camera flash: as3645a led driver;
* HDMI receiver: adv748X;
* camera sensor: Omnivision 6650 5M driver (ov6650);
* HDMI CEC: ao-cec meson driver;
* V4L2: Qualcom camss driver;
* Remote controller: gpio-ir-tx, pwm-ir-tx and zx-irdec drivers.
- The DDbridge DVB driver got a massive update, with makes it in sync
with modern hardware from that vendor;
- There's an important milestone on this series: the DVB
documentation was written in 2003, but only started to be updated
in 2007. It also used to contain several gaps from the time it was
kept out of tree, mentioning error codes and device nodes that
never existed upstream. On this series, it received a massive
update: all non-deprecated digital TV APIs are now in sync with the
current implementation;
- Some DVB APIs that aren't used by any upstream driver got removed;
- Other parts of the media documentation algo got updated, fixing
some bugs on its PDF output and making it compatible with Sphinx
version 1.6.
As the number of hacks required to build PDF output reduced, I hope
we'll have less troubles as newer versions of our documentation
toolchain are released (famous last words);
- As usual, lots of driver cleanups and improvements"
* tag 'media/v4.14-1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mchehab/linux-media: (624 commits)
media: leds: as3645a: add V4L2_FLASH_LED_CLASS dependency
media: get rid of removed DMX_GET_CAPS and DMX_SET_SOURCE leftovers
media: Revert "[media] v4l: async: make v4l2 coexist with devicetree nodes in a dt overlay"
media: staging: atomisp: sh_css_calloc shall return a pointer to the allocated space
media: Revert "[media] lirc_dev: remove superfluous get/put_device() calls"
media: add qcom_camss.rst to v4l-drivers rst file
media: dvb headers: make checkpatch happier
media: dvb uapi: move frontend legacy API to another part of the book
media: pixfmt-srggb12p.rst: better format the table for PDF output
media: docs-rst: media: Don't use \small for V4L2_PIX_FMT_SRGGB10 documentation
media: index.rst: don't write "Contents:" on PDF output
media: pixfmt*.rst: replace a two dots by a comma
media: vidioc-g-fmt.rst: adjust table format
media: vivid.rst: add a blank line to correct ReST format
media: v4l2 uapi book: get rid of driver programming's chapter
media: format.rst: use the right markup for important notes
media: docs-rst: cardlists: change their format to flat-tables
media: em28xx-cardlist.rst: update to reflect last changes
media: v4l2-event.rst: adjust table to fit on PDF output
media: docs: don't show ToC for each part on PDF output
...
Pull MD updates from Shaohua Li:
"This update mainly fixes bugs:
- Make raid5 ppl support several ppl from Pawel
- Several raid5-cache bug fixes from Song
- Bitmap fixes from Neil and Me
- One raid1/10 regression fix since 4.12 from Me
- Other small fixes and cleanup"
* tag 'md/4.14-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/shli/md:
md/bitmap: disable bitmap_resize for file-backed bitmaps.
raid5-ppl: Recovery support for multiple partial parity logs
md: Runtime support for multiple ppls
md/raid0: attach correct cgroup info in bio
lib/raid6: align AVX512 constants to 512 bits, not bytes
raid5: remove raid5_build_block
md/r5cache: call mddev_lock/unlock() in r5c_journal_mode_show
md: replace seq_release_private with seq_release
md: notify about new spare disk in the container
md/raid1/10: reset bio allocated from mempool
md/raid5: release/flush io in raid5_do_work()
md/bitmap: copy correct data for bitmap super
Pull block layer updates from Jens Axboe:
"This is the first pull request for 4.14, containing most of the code
changes. It's a quiet series this round, which I think we needed after
the churn of the last few series. This contains:
- Fix for a registration race in loop, from Anton Volkov.
- Overflow complaint fix from Arnd for DAC960.
- Series of drbd changes from the usual suspects.
- Conversion of the stec/skd driver to blk-mq. From Bart.
- A few BFQ improvements/fixes from Paolo.
- CFQ improvement from Ritesh, allowing idling for group idle.
- A few fixes found by Dan's smatch, courtesy of Dan.
- A warning fixup for a race between changing the IO scheduler and
device remova. From David Jeffery.
- A few nbd fixes from Josef.
- Support for cgroup info in blktrace, from Shaohua.
- Also from Shaohua, new features in the null_blk driver to allow it
to actually hold data, among other things.
- Various corner cases and error handling fixes from Weiping Zhang.
- Improvements to the IO stats tracking for blk-mq from me. Can
drastically improve performance for fast devices and/or big
machines.
- Series from Christoph removing bi_bdev as being needed for IO
submission, in preparation for nvme multipathing code.
- Series from Bart, including various cleanups and fixes for switch
fall through case complaints"
* 'for-4.14/block' of git://git.kernel.dk/linux-block: (162 commits)
kernfs: checking for IS_ERR() instead of NULL
drbd: remove BIOSET_NEED_RESCUER flag from drbd_{md_,}io_bio_set
drbd: Fix allyesconfig build, fix recent commit
drbd: switch from kmalloc() to kmalloc_array()
drbd: abort drbd_start_resync if there is no connection
drbd: move global variables to drbd namespace and make some static
drbd: rename "usermode_helper" to "drbd_usermode_helper"
drbd: fix race between handshake and admin disconnect/down
drbd: fix potential deadlock when trying to detach during handshake
drbd: A single dot should be put into a sequence.
drbd: fix rmmod cleanup, remove _all_ debugfs entries
drbd: Use setup_timer() instead of init_timer() to simplify the code.
drbd: fix potential get_ldev/put_ldev refcount imbalance during attach
drbd: new disk-option disable-write-same
drbd: Fix resource role for newly created resources in events2
drbd: mark symbols static where possible
drbd: Send P_NEG_ACK upon write error in protocol != C
drbd: add explicit plugging when submitting batches
drbd: change list_for_each_safe to while(list_first_entry_or_null)
drbd: introduce drbd_recv_header_maybe_unplug
...
Merge updates from Andrew Morton:
- various misc bits
- DAX updates
- OCFS2
- most of MM
* emailed patches from Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>: (119 commits)
mm,fork: introduce MADV_WIPEONFORK
x86,mpx: make mpx depend on x86-64 to free up VMA flag
mm: add /proc/pid/smaps_rollup
mm: hugetlb: clear target sub-page last when clearing huge page
mm: oom: let oom_reap_task and exit_mmap run concurrently
swap: choose swap device according to numa node
mm: replace TIF_MEMDIE checks by tsk_is_oom_victim
mm, oom: do not rely on TIF_MEMDIE for memory reserves access
z3fold: use per-cpu unbuddied lists
mm, swap: don't use VMA based swap readahead if HDD is used as swap
mm, swap: add sysfs interface for VMA based swap readahead
mm, swap: VMA based swap readahead
mm, swap: fix swap readahead marking
mm, swap: add swap readahead hit statistics
mm/vmalloc.c: don't reinvent the wheel but use existing llist API
mm/vmstat.c: fix wrong comment
selftests/memfd: add memfd_create hugetlbfs selftest
mm/shmem: add hugetlbfs support to memfd_create()
mm, devm_memremap_pages: use multi-order radix for ZONE_DEVICE lookups
mm/vmalloc.c: halve the number of comparisons performed in pcpu_get_vm_areas()
...
This patch came out of discussions in this e-mail thread:
http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1499357846-7481-1-git-send-email-mike.kravetz%40oracle.com
The Oracle JVM team is developing a new garbage collection model. This
new model requires multiple mappings of the same anonymous memory. One
straight forward way to accomplish this is with memfd_create. They can
use the returned fd to create multiple mappings of the same memory.
The JVM today has an option to use (static hugetlb) huge pages. If this
option is specified, they would like to use the same garbage collection
model requiring multiple mappings to the same memory. Using hugetlbfs,
it is possible to explicitly mount a filesystem and specify file paths
in order to get an fd that can be used for multiple mappings. However,
this introduces additional system admin work and coordination.
Ideally they would like to get a hugetlbfs fd without requiring explicit
mounting of a filesystem. Today, mmap and shmget can make use of
hugetlbfs without explicitly mounting a filesystem. The patch adds this
functionality to memfd_create.
Add a new flag MFD_HUGETLB to memfd_create() that will specify the file
to be created resides in the hugetlbfs filesystem. This is the generic
hugetlbfs filesystem not associated with any specific mount point. As
with other system calls that request hugetlbfs backed pages, there is
the ability to encode huge page size in the flag arguments.
hugetlbfs does not support sealing operations, therefore specifying
MFD_ALLOW_SEALING with MFD_HUGETLB will result in EINVAL.
Of course, the memfd_man page would need updating if this type of
functionality moves forward.
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1502149672-7759-2-git-send-email-mike.kravetz@oracle.com
Signed-off-by: Mike Kravetz <mike.kravetz@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.com>
Cc: Hugh Dickins <hughd@google.com>
Cc: Andrea Arcangeli <aarcange@redhat.com>
Cc: "Kirill A . Shutemov" <kirill.shutemov@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
No ABI change, but this will make it more explicit to software that ptid
is only available if requested by passing UFFD_FEATURE_THREAD_ID to
UFFDIO_API. The fact it's a union will also self document it shouldn't
be taken for granted there's a tpid there.
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20170802165145.22628-7-aarcange@redhat.com
Signed-off-by: Andrea Arcangeli <aarcange@redhat.com>
Cc: "Dr. David Alan Gilbert" <dgilbert@redhat.com>
Cc: Alexey Perevalov <a.perevalov@samsung.com>
Cc: Maxime Coquelin <maxime.coquelin@redhat.com>
Cc: Mike Kravetz <mike.kravetz@oracle.com>
Cc: Mike Rapoport <rppt@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
It could be useful for calculating downtime during postcopy live
migration per vCPU. Side observer or application itself will be
informed about proper task's sleep during userfaultfd processing.
Process's thread id is being provided when user requeste it by setting
UFFD_FEATURE_THREAD_ID bit into uffdio_api.features.
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20170802165145.22628-6-aarcange@redhat.com
Signed-off-by: Alexey Perevalov <a.perevalov@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrea Arcangeli <aarcange@redhat.com>
Cc: "Dr. David Alan Gilbert" <dgilbert@redhat.com>
Cc: Maxime Coquelin <maxime.coquelin@redhat.com>
Cc: Mike Kravetz <mike.kravetz@oracle.com>
Cc: Mike Rapoport <rppt@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
In some cases, userfaultfd mechanism should just deliver a SIGBUS signal
to the faulting process, instead of the page-fault event. Dealing with
page-fault event using a monitor thread can be an overhead in these
cases. For example applications like the database could use the
signaling mechanism for robustness purpose.
Database uses hugetlbfs for performance reason. Files on hugetlbfs
filesystem are created and huge pages allocated using fallocate() API.
Pages are deallocated/freed using fallocate() hole punching support.
These files are mmapped and accessed by many processes as shared memory.
The database keeps track of which offsets in the hugetlbfs file have
pages allocated.
Any access to mapped address over holes in the file, which can occur due
to bugs in the application, is considered invalid and expect the process
to simply receive a SIGBUS. However, currently when a hole in the file
is accessed via the mapped address, kernel/mm attempts to automatically
allocate a page at page fault time, resulting in implicitly filling the
hole in the file. This may not be the desired behavior for applications
like the database that want to explicitly manage page allocations of
hugetlbfs files.
Using userfaultfd mechanism with this support to get a signal, database
application can prevent pages from being allocated implicitly when
processes access mapped address over holes in the file.
This patch adds UFFD_FEATURE_SIGBUS feature to userfaultfd mechnism to
request for a SIGBUS signal.
See following for previous discussion about the database requirement
leading to this proposal as suggested by Andrea.
http://www.spinics.net/lists/linux-mm/msg129224.html
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1501552446-748335-2-git-send-email-prakash.sangappa@oracle.com
Signed-off-by: Prakash Sangappa <prakash.sangappa@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Mike Rapoport <rppt@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrea Arcangeli <aarcange@redhat.com>
Cc: Mike Kravetz <mike.kravetz@oracle.com>
Cc: Shuah Khan <shuah@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Use the common definitions from hugetlb_encode.h header file for
encoding hugetlb size definitions in shmget system call flags.
In addition, move these definitions from the internal (kernel) to user
(uapi) header file.
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1501527386-10736-4-git-send-email-mike.kravetz@oracle.com
Signed-off-by: Mike Kravetz <mike.kravetz@oracle.com>
Suggested-by: Matthew Wilcox <willy@infradead.org>
Acked-by: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.com>
Cc: Andi Kleen <ak@linux.intel.com>
Cc: Andrea Arcangeli <aarcange@redhat.com>
Cc: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Anshuman Khandual <khandual@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Cc: Davidlohr Bueso <dbueso@suse.de>
Cc: Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
A non-default huge page size can be encoded in the flags argument of the
mmap system call. The definitions for these encodings are in arch
specific header files. However, all architectures use the same values.
Consolidate all the definitions in the primary user header file
(uapi/linux/mman.h). Include definitions for all known huge page sizes.
Use the generic encoding definitions in hugetlb_encode.h as the basis
for these definitions.
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1501527386-10736-3-git-send-email-mike.kravetz@oracle.com
Signed-off-by: Mike Kravetz <mike.kravetz@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.com>
Cc: Andi Kleen <ak@linux.intel.com>
Cc: Andrea Arcangeli <aarcange@redhat.com>
Cc: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Anshuman Khandual <khandual@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Cc: Davidlohr Bueso <dbueso@suse.de>
Cc: Matthew Wilcox <willy@infradead.org>
Cc: Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
1) Support ipv6 checksum offload in sunvnet driver, from Shannon
Nelson.
2) Move to RB-tree instead of custom AVL code in inetpeer, from Eric
Dumazet.
3) Allow generic XDP to work on virtual devices, from John Fastabend.
4) Add bpf device maps and XDP_REDIRECT, which can be used to build
arbitrary switching frameworks using XDP. From John Fastabend.
5) Remove UFO offloads from the tree, gave us little other than bugs.
6) Remove the IPSEC flow cache, from Florian Westphal.
7) Support ipv6 route offload in mlxsw driver.
8) Support VF representors in bnxt_en, from Sathya Perla.
9) Add support for forward error correction modes to ethtool, from
Vidya Sagar Ravipati.
10) Add time filter for packet scheduler action dumping, from Jamal Hadi
Salim.
11) Extend the zerocopy sendmsg() used by virtio and tap to regular
sockets via MSG_ZEROCOPY. From Willem de Bruijn.
12) Significantly rework value tracking in the BPF verifier, from Edward
Cree.
13) Add new jump instructions to eBPF, from Daniel Borkmann.
14) Rework rtnetlink plumbing so that operations can be run without
taking the RTNL semaphore. From Florian Westphal.
15) Support XDP in tap driver, from Jason Wang.
16) Add 32-bit eBPF JIT for ARM, from Shubham Bansal.
17) Add Huawei hinic ethernet driver.
18) Allow to report MD5 keys in TCP inet_diag dumps, from Ivan
Delalande.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1780 commits)
i40e: point wb_desc at the nvm_wb_desc during i40e_read_nvm_aq
i40e: avoid NVM acquire deadlock during NVM update
drivers: net: xgene: Remove return statement from void function
drivers: net: xgene: Configure tx/rx delay for ACPI
drivers: net: xgene: Read tx/rx delay for ACPI
rocker: fix kcalloc parameter order
rds: Fix non-atomic operation on shared flag variable
net: sched: don't use GFP_KERNEL under spin lock
vhost_net: correctly check tx avail during rx busy polling
net: mdio-mux: add mdio_mux parameter to mdio_mux_init()
rxrpc: Make service connection lookup always check for retry
net: stmmac: Delete dead code for MDIO registration
gianfar: Fix Tx flow control deactivation
cxgb4: Ignore MPS_TX_INT_CAUSE[Bubble] for T6
cxgb4: Fix pause frame count in t4_get_port_stats
cxgb4: fix memory leak
tun: rename generic_xdp to skb_xdp
tun: reserve extra headroom only when XDP is set
net: dsa: bcm_sf2: Configure IMP port TC2QOS mapping
net: dsa: bcm_sf2: Advertise number of egress queues
...
This set includes a bunch of minor code cleanups that
have accumulated, probably from code analyzers people
like to run. There is one nice fix that avoids some
socket leaks by switching to use sock_create_lite().
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=lGzS
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'dlm-4.14' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/teigland/linux-dlm
Pull dlm updates from David Teigland:
"This set includes a bunch of minor code cleanups that have
accumulated, probably from code analyzers people like to run. There is
one nice fix that avoids some socket leaks by switching to use
sock_create_lite()"
* tag 'dlm-4.14' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/teigland/linux-dlm:
dlm: use sock_create_lite inside tcp_accept_from_sock
uapi linux/dlm_netlink.h: include linux/dlmconstants.h
dlm: avoid double-free on error path in dlm_device_{register,unregister}
dlm: constify kset_uevent_ops structure
dlm: print log message when cluster name is not set
dlm: Delete an unnecessary variable initialisation in dlm_ls_start()
dlm: Improve a size determination in two functions
dlm: Use kcalloc() in two functions
dlm: Use kmalloc_array() in make_member_array()
dlm: Delete an error message for a failed memory allocation in dlm_recover_waiters_pre()
dlm: Improve a size determination in dlm_recover_waiters_pre()
dlm: Use kcalloc() in dlm_scan_waiters()
dlm: Improve a size determination in table_seq_start()
dlm: Add spaces for better code readability
dlm: Replace six seq_puts() calls by seq_putc()
dlm: Make dismatch error message more clear
dlm: Fix kernel memory disclosure
- Write unmount record for a ro mount to avoid unnecessary log replay
- Clean up orphaned inodes when mounting fs readonly
- Resubmit inode log items when buffer writeback fails to avoid umount hang
- Fix log recovery corruption problems when log headers wrap around the end
- Avoid infinite loop searching for free inodes when inode counters are wrong
- Evict inodes involved with log redo so that we don't leak them later
- Fix a potential race between reclaim and inode cluster freeing
- Refactor the inode joining code w.r.t. transaction rolling & deferred ops
- Fix a bug where the log doesn't properly deal with dirty buffers that
are about to become ordered buffers
- Fix the extent swap code to deal with making dirty buffers ordered properly
- Consolidate page fault handlers
- Refactor the incore extent manipulation functions to use the iext
abstractions instead of directly modifying with extent data
- Disable crashy chattr +/-x until we fix it
- Don't allow us to set S_DAX for v2 inodes
- Various cleanups
- Clarify some documentation
- Fix a problem where fsync and a log commit race to send the disk a
flush command, resulting in a small window where power fail data loss
could occur
- Simplify some rmap operations in the fcollapse code
- Fix some use-after-free problems in async writeback
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=jBdo
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'xfs-4.14-merge-7' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/fs/xfs/xfs-linux
Pull XFS updates from Darrick Wong:
"Here are the changes for xfs for 4.14. Most of these are cleanups and
fixes for bad behavior, as we're mostly focusing on improving
reliablity this cycle (read: there's potentially a lot of stuff on the
horizon for 4.15 so better to spend a few weeks killing other bugs
now).
Summary:
- Write unmount record for a ro mount to avoid unnecessary log replay
- Clean up orphaned inodes when mounting fs readonly
- Resubmit inode log items when buffer writeback fails to avoid
umount hang
- Fix log recovery corruption problems when log headers wrap around
the end
- Avoid infinite loop searching for free inodes when inode counters
are wrong
- Evict inodes involved with log redo so that we don't leak them
later
- Fix a potential race between reclaim and inode cluster freeing
- Refactor the inode joining code w.r.t. transaction rolling &
deferred ops
- Fix a bug where the log doesn't properly deal with dirty buffers
that are about to become ordered buffers
- Fix the extent swap code to deal with making dirty buffers ordered
properly
- Consolidate page fault handlers
- Refactor the incore extent manipulation functions to use the iext
abstractions instead of directly modifying with extent data
- Disable crashy chattr +/-x until we fix it
- Don't allow us to set S_DAX for v2 inodes
- Various cleanups
- Clarify some documentation
- Fix a problem where fsync and a log commit race to send the disk a
flush command, resulting in a small window where power fail data
loss could occur
- Simplify some rmap operations in the fcollapse code
- Fix some use-after-free problems in async writeback"
* tag 'xfs-4.14-merge-7' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/fs/xfs/xfs-linux: (44 commits)
xfs: use kmem_free to free return value of kmem_zalloc
xfs: open code end_buffer_async_write in xfs_finish_page_writeback
xfs: don't set v3 xflags for v2 inodes
xfs: fix compiler warnings
fsmap: fix documentation of FMR_OF_LAST
xfs: simplify the rmap code in xfs_bmse_merge
xfs: remove unused flags arg from xfs_file_iomap_begin_delay
xfs: fix incorrect log_flushed on fsync
xfs: disable per-inode DAX flag
xfs: replace xfs_qm_get_rtblks with a direct call to xfs_bmap_count_leaves
xfs: rewrite xfs_bmap_count_leaves using xfs_iext_get_extent
xfs: use xfs_iext_*_extent helpers in xfs_bmap_split_extent_at
xfs: use xfs_iext_*_extent helpers in xfs_bmap_shift_extents
xfs: move some code around inside xfs_bmap_shift_extents
xfs: use xfs_iext_get_extent in xfs_bmap_first_unused
xfs: switch xfs_bmap_local_to_extents to use xfs_iext_insert
xfs: add a xfs_iext_update_extent helper
xfs: consolidate the various page fault handlers
iomap: return VM_FAULT_* codes from iomap_page_mkwrite
xfs: relog dirty buffers during swapext bmbt owner change
...
Here is the big char/misc driver update for 4.14-rc1.
Lots of different stuff in here, it's been an active development cycle
for some reason. Highlights are:
- updated binder driver, this brings binder up to date with what
shipped in the Android O release, plus some more changes that
happened since then that are in the Android development trees.
- coresight updates and fixes
- mux driver file renames to be a bit "nicer"
- intel_th driver updates
- normal set of hyper-v updates and changes
- small fpga subsystem and driver updates
- lots of const code changes all over the driver trees
- extcon driver updates
- fmc driver subsystem upadates
- w1 subsystem minor reworks and new features and drivers added
- spmi driver updates
Plus a smattering of other minor driver updates and fixes.
All of these have been in linux-next with no reported issues for a
while.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iG0EABECAC0WIQT0tgzFv3jCIUoxPcsxR9QN2y37KQUCWa1+Ew8cZ3JlZ0Brcm9h
aC5jb20ACgkQMUfUDdst+yl26wCgquufNylfhxr65NbJrovduJYzRnUAniCivXg8
bePIh/JI5WxWoHK+wEbY
=hYWx
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'char-misc-4.14-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/char-misc
Pull char/misc driver updates from Greg KH:
"Here is the big char/misc driver update for 4.14-rc1.
Lots of different stuff in here, it's been an active development cycle
for some reason. Highlights are:
- updated binder driver, this brings binder up to date with what
shipped in the Android O release, plus some more changes that
happened since then that are in the Android development trees.
- coresight updates and fixes
- mux driver file renames to be a bit "nicer"
- intel_th driver updates
- normal set of hyper-v updates and changes
- small fpga subsystem and driver updates
- lots of const code changes all over the driver trees
- extcon driver updates
- fmc driver subsystem upadates
- w1 subsystem minor reworks and new features and drivers added
- spmi driver updates
Plus a smattering of other minor driver updates and fixes.
All of these have been in linux-next with no reported issues for a
while"
* tag 'char-misc-4.14-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/char-misc: (244 commits)
ANDROID: binder: don't queue async transactions to thread.
ANDROID: binder: don't enqueue death notifications to thread todo.
ANDROID: binder: Don't BUG_ON(!spin_is_locked()).
ANDROID: binder: Add BINDER_GET_NODE_DEBUG_INFO ioctl
ANDROID: binder: push new transactions to waiting threads.
ANDROID: binder: remove proc waitqueue
android: binder: Add page usage in binder stats
android: binder: fixup crash introduced by moving buffer hdr
drivers: w1: add hwmon temp support for w1_therm
drivers: w1: refactor w1_slave_show to make the temp reading functionality separate
drivers: w1: add hwmon support structures
eeprom: idt_89hpesx: Support both ACPI and OF probing
mcb: Fix an error handling path in 'chameleon_parse_cells()'
MCB: add support for SC31 to mcb-lpc
mux: make device_type const
char: virtio: constify attribute_group structures.
Documentation/ABI: document the nvmem sysfs files
lkdtm: fix spelling mistake: "incremeted" -> "incremented"
perf: cs-etm: Fix ETMv4 CONFIGR entry in perf.data file
nvmem: include linux/err.h from header
...
Here is the big tty/serial driver update for 4.14-rc1.
Well, not all that big, just a number of small serial driver fixes, and
a new serial driver. Also in here are some much needed goldfish tty
driver (emulator) fixes to try to get that codebase under control.
All of these have been in linux-next for a while with no reported
issues.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iG0EABECAC0WIQT0tgzFv3jCIUoxPcsxR9QN2y37KQUCWa2A+A8cZ3JlZ0Brcm9h
aC5jb20ACgkQMUfUDdst+ylNKACfWOuWb4PEGzPg2hF57V1g0cq8VXEAn0BtZT+n
uuCBV53ylesoHhEhKf/D
=g+za
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'tty-4.14-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/tty
Pull tty/serial updates from Greg KH:
"Here is the big tty/serial driver update for 4.14-rc1.
Well, not all that big, just a number of small serial driver fixes,
and a new serial driver. Also in here are some much needed goldfish
tty driver (emulator) fixes to try to get that codebase under control.
All of these have been in linux-next for a while with no reported
issues"
* tag 'tty-4.14-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/tty: (94 commits)
tty: goldfish: Implement support for kernel 'earlycon' parameter
tty: goldfish: Use streaming DMA for r/w operations on Ranchu platforms
tty: goldfish: Refactor constants to better reflect their nature
serial: 8250_port: Remove useless NULL checks
earlycon: initialise baud field of earlycon device structure
tty: hvcs: make ktermios const
pty: show associative slave of ptmx in fdinfo
tty: n_gsm: Add compat_ioctl
tty: hvcs: constify vio_device_id
tty: hvc_vio: constify vio_device_id
tty: mips_ejtag_fdc: constify mips_cdmm_device_id
Introduce 8250_men_mcb
mcb: introduce mcb_get_resource()
serial: imx: Avoid post-PIO cleanup if TX DMA is started
tty: serial: imx: disable irq after suspend
serial: 8250_uniphier: add suspend/resume support
serial: 8250_uniphier: use CHAR register for canary to detect power-off
serial: 8250_uniphier: fix serial port index in private data
serial: 8250: of: Add new port type for MediaTek BTIF controller on MT7622/23 SoC
dt-bindings: serial: 8250: Add MediaTek BTIF controller bindings
...
Here is the large USB and PHY driver update for 4.14-rc1.
Not all that exciting, a few new PHY drivers, the usual mess of gadget
driver updates and fixes, and of course, xhci updates to try to tame
that beast.
A number of usb-serial updates and other small fixes all over the USB
driver tree are in here as well. Full details are in the shortlog.
All of these have been in linux-next for a while with no reported
issues.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iG0EABECAC0WIQT0tgzFv3jCIUoxPcsxR9QN2y37KQUCWa2Buw8cZ3JlZ0Brcm9h
aC5jb20ACgkQMUfUDdst+yk0VQCeK9SbD3sNVE0NXnwBYPTptghtr1EAoKwg96LG
e4TUNAUcKadcDHJ8S81i
=zy8S
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'usb-4.14-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/usb
Pull USB/PHY driver updates from Greg KH:
"Here is the large USB and PHY driver update for 4.14-rc1.
Not all that exciting, a few new PHY drivers, the usual mess of gadget
driver updates and fixes, and of course, xhci updates to try to tame
that beast.
A number of usb-serial updates and other small fixes all over the USB
driver tree are in here as well. Full details are in the shortlog.
All of these have been in linux-next for a while with no reported
issues"
* tag 'usb-4.14-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/usb: (171 commits)
usbip: vhci-hcd: make vhci_hc_driver const
usb: phy: Avoid unchecked dereference warning
usb: imx21-hcd: make imx21_hc_driver const
usb: host: make ehci_fsl_overrides const and __initconst
dt-bindings: mt8173-mtu3: add generic compatible and rename file
dt-bindings: mt8173-xhci: add generic compatible and rename file
usb: xhci-mtk: add generic compatible string
usbip: auto retry for concurrent attach
USB: serial: option: simplify 3 D-Link device entries
USB: serial: option: add support for D-Link DWM-157 C1
usb: core: usbport: fix "BUG: key not in .data" when lockdep is enabled
usb: chipidea: usb2: check memory allocation failure
usb: Add device quirk for Logitech HD Pro Webcam C920-C
usb: misc: lvstest: add entry to place port in compliance mode
usb: xhci: Support enabling of compliance mode for xhci 1.1
usb:xhci:Fix regression when ATI chipsets detected
usb: quirks: add delay init quirk for Corsair Strafe RGB keyboard
usb: gadget: make snd_pcm_hardware const
usb: common: use of_property_read_bool()
USB: core: constify vm_operations_struct
...
Adjust dvb ca.h, dmx.h and frontend.h in order to make
checkpatch happier. Now, it only complains about the typedefs,
and those are there just to provide backward userspace
compatibility.
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@s-opensource.com>
Usually, CA messages are sent/received via reading/writing at
the CA device node. However, two drivers (dst_ca and firedtv-ci)
also implement it via ioctls.
Apparently, on both cases, the net result is the same.
Anyway, let's document it.
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@s-opensource.com>
The av7110 driver uses CA_SET_DESCR to store the descrambler
control words at the CA descrambler slots.
Document it.
Thanks-to: Honza Petrouš <jpetrous@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@s-opensource.com>
As we did with frontend.h, ca.h and dmx.h, move the struct
definition to net.h.
That should help to keep it updated, as more stuff gets
added there.
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@s-opensource.com>
The DVB term can either refer to the subsystem or to a delivery
system. Avoid it in the first case at the kernel-doc markups.
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@s-opensource.com>
For most of the stuff there, documenting is easy, as the
header file contains information.
Yet, I was unable to document two data structs:
ca_msg and ca_descr
As those two structs are used by a few drivers, keep them.
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@s-opensource.com>
This ioctl seems to be some attempt to support a feature
at the bt8xx dst_ca driver. Yet, as said there, it
"needs more work". Right now, the code there is just
a boilerplate.
At the end of the day, no driver uses this ioctl, nor it is
documented anywhere (except for "needs more work").
So, get rid of it.
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@s-opensource.com>
The demux documentation is pretty poor nowadays: most of the
structs and enums aren't documented at all.
Add proper kernel-doc markups for them and use it.
Now, the demux API data structures are fully documented :-)
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@s-opensource.com>
There's no driver currently using it; it is also not
documented about what it would be supposed to do.
So, get rid of it.
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@s-opensource.com>
There's a flag defined for Digital TV demux that is not used
anywhere, called DMX_KERNEL_CLIENT. Get rid of it.
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@s-opensource.com>
Now that frontend.h contains most documentation for the frontend,
remove the duplicated information from Documentation/ and use the
kernel-doc auto-generated one instead.
That should simplify maintainership of DVB frontend uAPI, as most
of the documentation will stick with the header file.
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@s-opensource.com>
Most of the stuff at the Digital TV frontend header file
are documented only at the Documentation. However, a few
kernel-doc markups are there, several of them with parsing
issues.
Add the missing documentation, copying definitions from the
Documentation when it applies, fixing some bugs.
Please notice that DVBv3 stuff that were deprecated weren't
commented by purpose. Instead, they were clearly tagged as
such.
This patch prepares to move part of the documentation from
Documentation/ to kernel-doc comments.
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@s-opensource.com>
struct dtv_cmds_h is just an ancillary struct used by the
dvb_frontend.c to internally store frontend commands.
It doesn't belong to the userspace header, nor it is used anywhere,
except inside the DVB core. So, remove it from the header.
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@s-opensource.com>
Using typedefs inside the Kernel is against CodingStyle, and
there's no good usage here.
Just like we did at frontend.h, at commit 0df289a209
("[media] dvb: Get rid of typedev usage for enums"), let's keep
those typedefs only to provide userspace backward compatibility.
No functional changes.
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@s-opensource.com>
Using typedefs inside the Kernel is against CodingStyle, and
there's no good usage here.
Just like we did at frontend.h, at commit 0df289a209 ("[media] dvb:
Get rid of typedev usage for enums"), let's keep those typedefs only
to provide userspace backward compatibility.
No functional changes.
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@s-opensource.com>
Pull x86 asm updates from Ingo Molnar:
- Introduce the ORC unwinder, which can be enabled via
CONFIG_ORC_UNWINDER=y.
The ORC unwinder is a lightweight, Linux kernel specific debuginfo
implementation, which aims to be DWARF done right for unwinding.
Objtool is used to generate the ORC unwinder tables during build, so
the data format is flexible and kernel internal: there's no
dependency on debuginfo created by an external toolchain.
The ORC unwinder is almost two orders of magnitude faster than the
(out of tree) DWARF unwinder - which is important for perf call graph
profiling. It is also significantly simpler and is coded defensively:
there has not been a single ORC related kernel crash so far, even
with early versions. (knock on wood!)
But the main advantage is that enabling the ORC unwinder allows
CONFIG_FRAME_POINTERS to be turned off - which speeds up the kernel
measurably:
With frame pointers disabled, GCC does not have to add frame pointer
instrumentation code to every function in the kernel. The kernel's
.text size decreases by about 3.2%, resulting in better cache
utilization and fewer instructions executed, resulting in a broad
kernel-wide speedup. Average speedup of system calls should be
roughly in the 1-3% range - measurements by Mel Gorman [1] have shown
a speedup of 5-10% for some function execution intense workloads.
The main cost of the unwinder is that the unwinder data has to be
stored in RAM: the memory cost is 2-4MB of RAM, depending on kernel
config - which is a modest cost on modern x86 systems.
Given how young the ORC unwinder code is it's not enabled by default
- but given the performance advantages the plan is to eventually make
it the default unwinder on x86.
See Documentation/x86/orc-unwinder.txt for more details.
- Remove lguest support: its intended role was that of a temporary
proof of concept for virtualization, plus its removal will enable the
reduction (removal) of the paravirt API as well, so Rusty agreed to
its removal. (Juergen Gross)
- Clean up and fix FSGS related functionality (Andy Lutomirski)
- Clean up IO access APIs (Andy Shevchenko)
- Enhance the symbol namespace (Jiri Slaby)
* 'x86-asm-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip: (47 commits)
objtool: Handle GCC stack pointer adjustment bug
x86/entry/64: Use ENTRY() instead of ALIGN+GLOBAL for stub32_clone()
x86/fpu/math-emu: Add ENDPROC to functions
x86/boot/64: Extract efi_pe_entry() from startup_64()
x86/boot/32: Extract efi_pe_entry() from startup_32()
x86/lguest: Remove lguest support
x86/paravirt/xen: Remove xen_patch()
objtool: Fix objtool fallthrough detection with function padding
x86/xen/64: Fix the reported SS and CS in SYSCALL
objtool: Track DRAP separately from callee-saved registers
objtool: Fix validate_branch() return codes
x86: Clarify/fix no-op barriers for text_poke_bp()
x86/switch_to/64: Rewrite FS/GS switching yet again to fix AMD CPUs
selftests/x86/fsgsbase: Test selectors 1, 2, and 3
x86/fsgsbase/64: Report FSBASE and GSBASE correctly in core dumps
x86/fsgsbase/64: Fully initialize FS and GS state in start_thread_common
x86/asm: Fix UNWIND_HINT_REGS macro for older binutils
x86/asm/32: Fix regs_get_register() on segment registers
x86/xen/64: Rearrange the SYSCALL entries
x86/asm/32: Remove a bunch of '& 0xffff' from pt_regs segment reads
...
Pull perf updates from Ingo Molnar:
"Kernel side changes:
- Add branch type profiling/tracing support. (Jin Yao)
- Add the PERF_SAMPLE_PHYS_ADDR ABI to allow the tracing/profiling of
physical memory addresses, where the PMU supports it. (Kan Liang)
- Export some PMU capability details in the new
/sys/bus/event_source/devices/cpu/caps/ sysfs directory. (Andi
Kleen)
- Aux data fixes and updates (Will Deacon)
- kprobes fixes and updates (Masami Hiramatsu)
- AMD uncore PMU driver fixes and updates (Janakarajan Natarajan)
On the tooling side, here's a (limited!) list of highlights - there
were many other changes that I could not list, see the shortlog and
git history for details:
UI improvements:
- Implement a visual marker for fused x86 instructions in the
annotate TUI browser, available now in 'perf report', more work
needed to have it available as well in 'perf top' (Jin Yao)
Further explanation from one of Jin's patches:
│ ┌──cmpl $0x0,argp_program_version_hook
81.93 │ ├──je 20
│ │ lock cmpxchg %esi,0x38a9a4(%rip)
│ │↓ jne 29
│ │↓ jmp 43
11.47 │20:└─→cmpxch %esi,0x38a999(%rip)
That means the cmpl+je is a fused instruction pair and they should
be considered together.
- Record the branch type and then show statistics and info about in
callchain entries (Jin Yao)
Example from one of Jin's patches:
# perf record -g -j any,save_type
# perf report --branch-history --stdio --no-children
38.50% div.c:45 [.] main div
|
---main div.c:42 (RET CROSS_2M cycles:2)
compute_flag div.c:28 (cycles:2)
compute_flag div.c:27 (RET CROSS_2M cycles:1)
rand rand.c:28 (cycles:1)
rand rand.c:28 (RET CROSS_2M cycles:1)
__random random.c:298 (cycles:1)
__random random.c:297 (COND_BWD CROSS_2M cycles:1)
__random random.c:295 (cycles:1)
__random random.c:295 (COND_BWD CROSS_2M cycles:1)
__random random.c:295 (cycles:1)
__random random.c:295 (RET CROSS_2M cycles:9)
namespaces support:
- Add initial support for namespaces, using setns to access files in
namespaces, grabbing their build-ids, etc. (Krister Johansen)
perf trace enhancements:
- Beautify pkey_{alloc,free,mprotect} arguments in 'perf trace'
(Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo)
- Add initial 'clone' syscall args beautifier in 'perf trace'
(Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo)
- Ignore 'fd' and 'offset' args for MAP_ANONYMOUS in 'perf trace'
(Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo)
- Beautifiers for the 'cmd' arg of several ioctl types, including:
sound, DRM, KVM, vhost virtio and perf_events. (Arnaldo Carvalho de
Melo)
- Add PERF_SAMPLE_CALLCHAIN and PERF_RECORD_MMAP[2] to 'perf data'
CTF conversion, allowing CTF trace visualization tools to show
callchains and to resolve symbols (Geneviève Bastien)
- Beautify the fcntl syscall, which is an interesting one in the
sense that infrastructure had to be put in place to change the
formatters of some arguments according to the value in a previous
one, i.e. cmd dictates how arg and the syscall return will be
formatted. (Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo
perf stat enhancements:
- Use group read for event groups in 'perf stat', reducing overhead
when groups are defined in the event specification, i.e. when using
{} to enclose a list of events, asking them to be read at the same
time, e.g.: "perf stat -e '{cycles,instructions}'" (Jiri Olsa)
pipe mode improvements:
- Process tracing data in 'perf annotate' pipe mode (David
Carrillo-Cisneros)
- Add header record types to pipe-mode, now this command:
$ perf record -o - -e cycles sleep 1 | perf report --stdio --header
Will show the same as in non-pipe mode, i.e. involving a perf.data
file (David Carrillo-Cisneros)
Vendor specific hardware event support updates/enhancements:
- Update POWER9 vendor events tables (Sukadev Bhattiprolu)
- Add POWER9 PMU events Sukadev (Bhattiprolu)
- Support additional POWER8+ PVR in PMU mapfile (Shriya)
- Add Skylake server uncore JSON vendor events (Andi Kleen)
- Support exporting Intel PT data to sqlite3 with python perf
scripts, this is in addition to the postgresql support that was
already there (Adrian Hunter)"
* 'perf-core-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip: (253 commits)
perf symbols: Fix plt entry calculation for ARM and AARCH64
perf probe: Fix kprobe blacklist checking condition
perf/x86: Fix caps/ for !Intel
perf/core, x86: Add PERF_SAMPLE_PHYS_ADDR
perf/core, pt, bts: Get rid of itrace_started
perf trace beauty: Beautify pkey_{alloc,free,mprotect} arguments
tools headers: Sync cpu features kernel ABI headers with tooling headers
perf tools: Pass full path of FEATURES_DUMP
perf tools: Robustify detection of clang binary
tools lib: Allow external definition of CC, AR and LD
perf tools: Allow external definition of flex and bison binary names
tools build tests: Don't hardcode gcc name
perf report: Group stat values on global event id
perf values: Zero value buffers
perf values: Fix allocation check
perf values: Fix thread index bug
perf report: Add dump_read function
perf record: Set read_format for inherit_stat
perf c2c: Fix remote HITM detection for Skylake
perf tools: Fix static build with newer toolchains
...
In the last NFWS in Faro, Portugal, we discussed that netlink is lacking
the semantics to request non recursive deletions, ie. do not delete an
object iff it has child objects that hang from this parent object that
the user requests to be deleted.
We need this new flag to solve a problem for the iptables-compat
backward compatibility utility, that runs iptables commands using the
existing nf_tables netlink interface. Specifically, custom chains in
iptables cannot be deleted if there are rules in it, however, nf_tables
allows to remove any chain that is populated with content. To sort out
this asymmetry, iptables-compat userspace sets this new NLM_F_NONREC
flag to obtain the same semantics that iptables provides.
This new flag should only be used for deletion requests. Note this new
flag value overlaps with the existing:
* NLM_F_ROOT for get requests.
* NLM_F_REPLACE for new requests.
However, those flags should not ever be used in deletion requests.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Pull RCU updates from Ingo Molnad:
"The main RCU related changes in this cycle were:
- Removal of spin_unlock_wait()
- SRCU updates
- RCU torture-test updates
- RCU Documentation updates
- Extend the sys_membarrier() ABI with the MEMBARRIER_CMD_PRIVATE_EXPEDITED variant
- Miscellaneous RCU fixes
- CPU-hotplug fixes"
* 'core-rcu-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip: (63 commits)
arch: Remove spin_unlock_wait() arch-specific definitions
locking: Remove spin_unlock_wait() generic definitions
drivers/ata: Replace spin_unlock_wait() with lock/unlock pair
ipc: Replace spin_unlock_wait() with lock/unlock pair
exit: Replace spin_unlock_wait() with lock/unlock pair
completion: Replace spin_unlock_wait() with lock/unlock pair
doc: Set down RCU's scheduling-clock-interrupt needs
doc: No longer allowed to use rcu_dereference on non-pointers
doc: Add RCU files to docbook-generation files
doc: Update memory-barriers.txt for read-to-write dependencies
doc: Update RCU documentation
membarrier: Provide expedited private command
rcu: Remove exports from rcu_idle_exit() and rcu_idle_enter()
rcu: Add warning to rcu_idle_enter() for irqs enabled
rcu: Make rcu_idle_enter() rely on callers disabling irqs
rcu: Add assertions verifying blocked-tasks list
rcu/tracing: Set disable_rcu_irq_enter on rcu_eqs_exit()
rcu: Add TPS() protection for _rcu_barrier_trace strings
rcu: Use idle versions of swait to make idle-hack clear
swait: Add idle variants which don't contribute to load average
...
Register a new limit stateful object type into the stateful object
infrastructure.
Signed-off-by: Pablo M. Bermudo Garay <pablombg@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch adds a new feature to hashlimit that allows matching on the
current packet/byte rate without rate limiting. This can be enabled
with a new flag --hashlimit-rate-match. The match returns true if the
current rate of packets is above/below the user specified value.
The main difference between the existing algorithm and the new one is
that the existing algorithm rate-limits the flow whereas the new
algorithm does not. Instead it *classifies* the flow based on whether
it is above or below a certain rate. I will demonstrate this with an
example below. Let us assume this rule:
iptables -A INPUT -m hashlimit --hashlimit-above 10/s -j new_chain
If the packet rate is 15/s, the existing algorithm would ACCEPT 10
packets every second and send 5 packets to "new_chain".
But with the new algorithm, as long as the rate of 15/s is sustained,
all packets will continue to match and every packet is sent to new_chain.
This new functionality will let us classify different flows based on
their current rate, so that further decisions can be made on them based on
what the current rate is.
This is how the new algorithm works:
We divide time into intervals of 1 (sec/min/hour) as specified by
the user. We keep track of the number of packets/bytes processed in the
current interval. After each interval we reset the counter to 0.
When we receive a packet for match, we look at the packet rate
during the current interval and the previous interval to make a
decision:
if [ prev_rate < user and cur_rate < user ]
return Below
else
return Above
Where cur_rate is the number of packets/bytes seen in the current
interval, prev is the number of packets/bytes seen in the previous
interval and 'user' is the rate specified by the user.
We also provide flexibility to the user for choosing the time
interval using the option --hashilmit-interval. For example the user can
keep a low rate like x/hour but still keep the interval as small as 1
second.
To preserve backwards compatibility we have to add this feature in a new
revision, so I've created revision 3 for hashlimit. The two new options
we add are:
--hashlimit-rate-match
--hashlimit-rate-interval
I have updated the help text to add these new options. Also added a few
tests for the new options.
Suggested-by: Igor Lubashev <ilubashe@akamai.com>
Reviewed-by: Josh Hunt <johunt@akamai.com>
Signed-off-by: Vishwanath Pai <vpai@akamai.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter updates for your net-next
tree. Basically, updates to the conntrack core, enhancements for
nf_tables, conversion of netfilter hooks from linked list to array to
improve memory locality and asorted improvements for the Netfilter
codebase. More specifically, they are:
1) Add expection to hashes after timer initialization to prevent
access from another CPU that walks on the hashes and calls
del_timer(), from Florian Westphal.
2) Don't update nf_tables chain counters from hot path, this is only
used by the x_tables compatibility layer.
3) Get rid of nested rcu_read_lock() calls from netfilter hook path.
Hooks are always guaranteed to run from rcu read side, so remove
nested rcu_read_lock() where possible. Patch from Taehee Yoo.
4) nf_tables new ruleset generation notifications include PID and name
of the process that has updated the ruleset, from Phil Sutter.
5) Use skb_header_pointer() from nft_fib, so we can reuse this code from
the nf_family netdev family. Patch from Pablo M. Bermudo.
6) Add support for nft_fib in nf_tables netdev family, also from Pablo.
7) Use deferrable workqueue for conntrack garbage collection, to reduce
power consumption, from Patch from Subash Abhinov Kasiviswanathan.
8) Add nf_ct_expect_iterate_net() helper and use it. From Florian
Westphal.
9) Call nf_ct_unconfirmed_destroy only from cttimeout, from Florian.
10) Drop references on conntrack removal path when skbuffs has escaped via
nfqueue, from Florian.
11) Don't queue packets to nfqueue with dying conntrack, from Florian.
12) Constify nf_hook_ops structure, from Florian.
13) Remove neededlessly branch in nf_tables trace code, from Phil Sutter.
14) Add nla_strdup(), from Phil Sutter.
15) Rise nf_tables objects name size up to 255 chars, people want to use
DNS names, so increase this according to what RFC 1035 specifies.
Patch series from Phil Sutter.
16) Kill nf_conntrack_default_on, it's broken. Default on conntrack hook
registration on demand, suggested by Eric Dumazet, patch from Florian.
17) Remove unused variables in compat_copy_entry_from_user both in
ip_tables and arp_tables code. Patch from Taehee Yoo.
18) Constify struct nf_conntrack_l4proto, from Julia Lawall.
19) Constify nf_loginfo structure, also from Julia.
20) Use a single rb root in connlimit, from Taehee Yoo.
21) Remove unused netfilter_queue_init() prototype, from Taehee Yoo.
22) Use audit_log() instead of open-coding it, from Geliang Tang.
23) Allow to mangle tcp options via nft_exthdr, from Florian.
24) Allow to fetch TCP MSS from nft_rt, from Florian. This includes
a fix for a miscalculation of the minimal length.
25) Simplify branch logic in h323 helper, from Nick Desaulniers.
26) Calculate netlink attribute size for conntrack tuple at compile
time, from Florian.
27) Remove protocol name field from nf_conntrack_{l3,l4}proto structure.
From Florian.
28) Remove holes in nf_conntrack_l4proto structure, so it becomes
smaller. From Florian.
29) Get rid of print_tuple() indirection for /proc conntrack listing.
Place all the code in net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_standalone.c.
Patch from Florian.
30) Do not built in print_conntrack() if CONFIG_NF_CONNTRACK_PROCFS is
off. From Florian.
31) Constify most nf_conntrack_{l3,l4}proto helper functions, from
Florian.
32) Fix broken indentation in ebtables extensions, from Colin Ian King.
33) Fix several harmless sparse warning, from Florian.
34) Convert netfilter hook infrastructure to use array for better memory
locality, joint work done by Florian and Aaron Conole. Moreover, add
some instrumentation to debug this.
35) Batch nf_unregister_net_hooks() calls, to call synchronize_net once
per batch, from Florian.
36) Get rid of noisy logging in ICMPv6 conntrack helper, from Florian.
37) Get rid of obsolete NFDEBUG() instrumentation, from Varsha Rao.
38) Remove unused code in the generic protocol tracker, from Davide
Caratti.
I think I will have material for a second Netfilter batch in my queue if
time allow to make it fit in this merge window.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=5fxW
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'drm-for-v4.14' of git://people.freedesktop.org/~airlied/linux
Pull drm updates from Dave Airlie:
"This is the main drm pull request for 4.14 merge window.
I'm sending this early, as my continuing journey into fatherhood is
occurring really soon now, I'm going to be mostly useless for the next
couple of weeks, though I may be able to read email, I doubt I'll be
doing much patch applications or git sending. If anything urgent pops
up I've asked Daniel/Jani/Alex/Sean to try and direct stuff towards
you.
Outside drm changes:
Some rcar-du updates that touch the V4L tree, all acks should be in
place. It adds one export to the radix tree code for new i915 use
case. There are some minor AGP cleanups (don't see that too often).
Changes to the vbox driver in staging to avoid breaking compilation.
Summary:
core:
- Atomic helper fixes
- Atomic UAPI fixes
- Add YCBCR 4:2:0 support
- Drop set_busid hook
- Refactor fb_helper locking
- Remove a bunch of internal APIs
- Add a bunch of better default handlers
- Format modifier/blob plane property added
- More internal header refactoring
- Make more internal API names consistent
- Enhanced syncobj APIs (wait/signal/reset/create signalled)
bridge:
- Add Synopsys Designware MIPI DSI host bridge driver
tiny:
- Add Pervasive Displays RePaper displays
- Add support for LEGO MINDSTORMS EV3 LCD
i915:
- Lots of GEN10/CNL support patches
- drm syncobj support
- Skylake+ watermark refactoring
- GVT vGPU 48-bit ppgtt support
- GVT performance improvements
- NOA change ioctl
- CCS (color compression) scanout support
- GPU reset improvements
amdgpu:
- Initial hugepage support
- BO migration logic rework
- Vega10 improvements
- Powerplay fixes
- Stop reprogramming the MC
- Fixes for ACP audio on stoney
- SR-IOV fixes/improvements
- Command submission overhead improvements
amdkfd:
- Non-dGPU upstreaming patches
- Scratch VA ioctl
- Image tiling modes
- Update PM4 headers for new firmware
- Drop all BUG_ONs.
nouveau:
- GP108 modesetting support.
- Disable MSI on big endian.
vmwgfx:
- Add fence fd support.
msm:
- Runtime PM improvements
exynos:
- NV12MT support
- Refactor KMS drivers
imx-drm:
- Lock scanout channel to improve memory bw
- Cleanups
etnaviv:
- GEM object population fixes
tegra:
- Prep work for Tegra186 support
- PRIME mmap support
sunxi:
- HDMI support improvements
- HDMI CEC support
omapdrm:
- HDMI hotplug IRQ support
- Big driver cleanup
- OMAP5 DSI support
rcar-du:
- vblank fixes
- VSP1 updates
arcgpu:
- Minor fixes
stm:
- Add STM32 DSI controller driver
dw_hdmi:
- Add support for Rockchip RK3399
- HDMI CEC support
atmel-hlcdc:
- Add 8-bit color support
vc4:
- Atomic fixes
- New ioctl to attach a label to a buffer object
- HDMI CEC support
- Allow userspace to dictate rendering order on submit ioctl"
* tag 'drm-for-v4.14' of git://people.freedesktop.org/~airlied/linux: (1074 commits)
drm/syncobj: Add a signal ioctl (v3)
drm/syncobj: Add a reset ioctl (v3)
drm/syncobj: Add a syncobj_array_find helper
drm/syncobj: Allow wait for submit and signal behavior (v5)
drm/syncobj: Add a CREATE_SIGNALED flag
drm/syncobj: Add a callback mechanism for replace_fence (v3)
drm/syncobj: add sync obj wait interface. (v8)
i915: Use drm_syncobj_fence_get
drm/syncobj: Add a race-free drm_syncobj_fence_get helper (v2)
drm/syncobj: Rename fence_get to find_fence
drm: kirin: Add mode_valid logic to avoid mode clocks we can't generate
drm/vmwgfx: Bump the version for fence FD support
drm/vmwgfx: Add export fence to file descriptor support
drm/vmwgfx: Add support for imported Fence File Descriptor
drm/vmwgfx: Prepare to support fence fd
drm/vmwgfx: Fix incorrect command header offset at restart
drm/vmwgfx: Support the NOP_ERROR command
drm/vmwgfx: Restart command buffers after errors
drm/vmwgfx: Move irq bottom half processing to threads
drm/vmwgfx: Don't use drm_irq_[un]install
...
Pull misc fixes from Al Viro:
"Loose ends and regressions from the last merge window.
Strictly speaking, only binfmt_flat thing is a build regression per
se - the rest is 'only sparse cares about that' stuff"
[ This came in before the 4.13 release and could have gone there, but it
was late in the release and nothing seemed critical enough to care, so
I'm pulling it in the 4.14 merge window instead - Linus ]
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs:
binfmt_flat: fix arch/m32r and arch/microblaze flat_put_addr_at_rp()
compat_hdio_ioctl: Fix a declaration
<linux/uaccess.h>: Fix copy_in_user() declaration
annotate RWF_... flags
teach SYSCALL_DEFINE/COMPAT_SYSCALL_DEFINE to handle __bitwise arguments
Report TCP MD5 (RFC2385) signing keys, addresses and address prefixes to
processes with CAP_NET_ADMIN requesting INET_DIAG_INFO. Currently it is
not possible to retrieve these from the kernel once they have been
configured on sockets.
Signed-off-by: Ivan Delalande <colona@arista.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The FMR_OF_LAST flag is set on the last fsmap record being returned for
the dataset requested, contrary to what the header file says. Fix the
docs to reflect the behavior of all fsmap implementations.
Signed-off-by: Darrick J. Wong <darrick.wong@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Dave Chinner <dchinner@redhat.com>
Root in a non-initial user ns cannot be trusted to write a traditional
security.capability xattr. If it were allowed to do so, then any
unprivileged user on the host could map his own uid to root in a private
namespace, write the xattr, and execute the file with privilege on the
host.
However supporting file capabilities in a user namespace is very
desirable. Not doing so means that any programs designed to run with
limited privilege must continue to support other methods of gaining and
dropping privilege. For instance a program installer must detect
whether file capabilities can be assigned, and assign them if so but set
setuid-root otherwise. The program in turn must know how to drop
partial capabilities, and do so only if setuid-root.
This patch introduces v3 of the security.capability xattr. It builds a
vfs_ns_cap_data struct by appending a uid_t rootid to struct
vfs_cap_data. This is the absolute uid_t (that is, the uid_t in user
namespace which mounted the filesystem, usually init_user_ns) of the
root id in whose namespaces the file capabilities may take effect.
When a task asks to write a v2 security.capability xattr, if it is
privileged with respect to the userns which mounted the filesystem, then
nothing should change. Otherwise, the kernel will transparently rewrite
the xattr as a v3 with the appropriate rootid. This is done during the
execution of setxattr() to catch user-space-initiated capability writes.
Subsequently, any task executing the file which has the noted kuid as
its root uid, or which is in a descendent user_ns of such a user_ns,
will run the file with capabilities.
Similarly when asking to read file capabilities, a v3 capability will
be presented as v2 if it applies to the caller's namespace.
If a task writes a v3 security.capability, then it can provide a uid for
the xattr so long as the uid is valid in its own user namespace, and it
is privileged with CAP_SETFCAP over its namespace. The kernel will
translate that rootid to an absolute uid, and write that to disk. After
this, a task in the writer's namespace will not be able to use those
capabilities (unless rootid was 0), but a task in a namespace where the
given uid is root will.
Only a single security.capability xattr may exist at a time for a given
file. A task may overwrite an existing xattr so long as it is
privileged over the inode. Note this is a departure from previous
semantics, which required privilege to remove a security.capability
xattr. This check can be re-added if deemed useful.
This allows a simple setxattr to work, allows tar/untar to work, and
allows us to tar in one namespace and untar in another while preserving
the capability, without risking leaking privilege into a parent
namespace.
Example using tar:
$ cp /bin/sleep sleepx
$ mkdir b1 b2
$ lxc-usernsexec -m b:0:100000:1 -m b:1:$(id -u):1 -- chown 0:0 b1
$ lxc-usernsexec -m b:0:100001:1 -m b:1:$(id -u):1 -- chown 0:0 b2
$ lxc-usernsexec -m b:0:100000:1000 -- tar --xattrs-include=security.capability --xattrs -cf b1/sleepx.tar sleepx
$ lxc-usernsexec -m b:0:100001:1000 -- tar --xattrs-include=security.capability --xattrs -C b2 -xf b1/sleepx.tar
$ lxc-usernsexec -m b:0:100001:1000 -- getcap b2/sleepx
b2/sleepx = cap_sys_admin+ep
# /opt/ltp/testcases/bin/getv3xattr b2/sleepx
v3 xattr, rootid is 100001
A patch to linux-test-project adding a new set of tests for this
functionality is in the nsfscaps branch at github.com/hallyn/ltp
Changelog:
Nov 02 2016: fix invalid check at refuse_fcap_overwrite()
Nov 07 2016: convert rootid from and to fs user_ns
(From ebiederm: mar 28 2017)
commoncap.c: fix typos - s/v4/v3
get_vfs_caps_from_disk: clarify the fs_ns root access check
nsfscaps: change the code split for cap_inode_setxattr()
Apr 09 2017:
don't return v3 cap for caps owned by current root.
return a v2 cap for a true v2 cap in non-init ns
Apr 18 2017:
. Change the flow of fscap writing to support s_user_ns writing.
. Remove refuse_fcap_overwrite(). The value of the previous
xattr doesn't matter.
Apr 24 2017:
. incorporate Eric's incremental diff
. move cap_convert_nscap to setxattr and simplify its usage
May 8, 2017:
. fix leaking dentry refcount in cap_inode_getsecurity
Signed-off-by: Serge Hallyn <serge@hallyn.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
The BINDER_GET_NODE_DEBUG_INFO ioctl will return debug info on
a node. Each successive call reusing the previous return value
will return the next node. The data will be used by
libmemunreachable to mark the pointers with kernel references
as reachable.
Signed-off-by: Colin Cross <ccross@android.com>
Signed-off-by: Martijn Coenen <maco@android.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Add socket mark and priority to fields that can be set by
ebpf program when a socket is created.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This will be used by the IPv6 host table which will be introduced in the
following patches. The fields in the header are added per-use. This header
is global and can be reused by many drivers.
Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is a different approach from the first attempt in f2c6df7dbf
("loop: support 4k physical blocksize"). Rather than extending
LOOP_{GET,SET}_STATUS, add a separate ioctl just for setting the block
size.
Reviewed-by: Ming Lei <ming.lei@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Hannes Reinecke <hare@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: Omar Sandoval <osandov@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
This adds information about storage keys to the struct returned by
the KVM_PPC_GET_SMMU_INFO ioctl. The new fields replace a pad field,
which was zeroed by previous kernel versions. Thus userspace that
knows about the new fields will see zeroes when running on an older
kernel, indicating that storage keys are not supported. The size of
the structure has not changed.
The number of keys is hard-coded for the CPUs supported by HV KVM,
which is just POWER7, POWER8 and POWER9.
Signed-off-by: Paul Mackerras <paulus@ozlabs.org>
Reviewed-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Signed-off-by: Paul Mackerras <paulus@ozlabs.org>
Define the raw IP type. This is needed for raw IP net devices
like rmnet.
Signed-off-by: Subash Abhinov Kasiviswanathan <subashab@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Define the Qualcomm multiplexing and aggregation (MAP) ether type 0x00F9.
This is needed for receiving data in the MAP protocol like RMNET. This is
not an officially registered ID.
Signed-off-by: Subash Abhinov Kasiviswanathan <subashab@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 45f119bf93.
Eric Dumazet says:
We found at Google a significant regression caused by
45f119bf93 tcp: remove header prediction
In typical RPC (TCP_RR), when a TCP socket receives data, we now call
tcp_ack() while we used to not call it.
This touches enough cache lines to cause a slowdown.
so problem does not seem to be HP removal itself but the tcp_ack()
call. Therefore, it might be possible to remove HP after all, provided
one finds a way to elide tcp_ack for most cases.
Reported-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The NSH draft says:
An IEEE EtherType, 0x894F, has been allocated for NSH.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the forces IFE lfb type according to IEEE registered
ethertypes. See http://standards-oui.ieee.org/ethertype/eth.txt for more
information. Since there exists the IFE subsystem it can be used there.
This patch also use the correct word "ForCES" instead of "FoRCES" which
is a spelling error inside the IEEE ethertype specification.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For understanding how the workload maps to memory channels and hardware
behavior, it's very important to collect address maps with physical
addresses. For example, 3D XPoint access can only be found by filtering
the physical address.
Add a new sample type for physical address.
perf already has a facility to collect data virtual address. This patch
introduces a function to convert the virtual address to physical address.
The function is quite generic and can be extended to any architecture as
long as a virtual address is provided.
- For kernel direct mapping addresses, virt_to_phys is used to convert
the virtual addresses to physical address.
- For user virtual addresses, __get_user_pages_fast is used to walk the
pages tables for user physical address.
- This does not work for vmalloc addresses right now. These are not
resolved, but code to do that could be added.
The new sample type requires collecting the virtual address. The
virtual address will not be output unless SAMPLE_ADDR is applied.
For security, the physical address can only be exposed to root or
privileged user.
Tested-by: Madhavan Srinivasan <maddy@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kan Liang <kan.liang@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra (Intel) <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com>
Cc: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Cc: Jiri Olsa <jolsa@redhat.com>
Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Stephane Eranian <eranian@google.com>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: Vince Weaver <vincent.weaver@maine.edu>
Cc: acme@kernel.org
Cc: mpe@ellerman.id.au
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1503967969-48278-1-git-send-email-kan.liang@intel.com
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
MediaTek BTIF controller is the serial interface similar to UART but it
works only as the digital device which is mainly used to communicate with
the connectivity module called CONNSYS inside the SoC which could be mostly
found on those MediaTek SoCs with Bluetooth feature such as MT7622 and
MT7623 SoCs.
And the controller is made as being compatible with the 8250 register
layout with extra registers such as DMA enablement so it tends to be
integrated with reusing 8250 OF driver. However, DMA mode is not being
supported yet in the current driver.
Signed-off-by: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Suggested-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Acked-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
The UAPI has a global list of unique numbers for different port types.
The commit
a2d6a987bf ("serial: 8250: Add new port type for TI DA8xx/66AK2x")
introduced a new port type and brought the collision with two other port
types.
Reuse 95 for it instead.
Fixes: a2d6a987bf ("serial: 8250: Add new port type for TI DA8xx/66AK2x")
Cc: David Lechner <david@lechnology.com>
Cc: Sekhar Nori <nsekhar@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
PORT_MFD is not in use since commit
1bd187de53 ("x86, intel-mid: remove Intel MID specific serial support")
Remove leftover.
Fixes: 1bd187de53 ("x86, intel-mid: remove Intel MID specific serial support")
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
It used to be a gap in port definitions after PORT_MAX_8250. Since the
new drivers are coming the gap become shorter and shorter until the
commit a2d6a987bf ("serial: 8250: Add new port type for TI DA8xx/66AK2x")
completely removed it.
So, while type here is just a formality, make things a little bit more
explicit for this driver and move port types to UAPI header. Note,
it uses two types for now.
Fixes: fddceb8b53 ("tty: 8250: Add 64byte UART support for FSL platforms")
Cc: Priyanka Jain <Priyanka.Jain@freescale.com>
Cc: Poonam Aggrwal <poonam.aggrwal@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
The addition of map_flags BPF_SOCKMAP_STRPARSER flags was to handle a
specific use case where we want to have BPF parse program disabled on
an entry in a sockmap.
However, Alexei found the API a bit cumbersome and I agreed. Lets
remove the STRPARSER flag and support the use case by allowing socks
to be in multiple maps. This allows users to create two maps one with
programs attached and one without. When socks are added to maps they
now inherit any programs attached to the map. This is a nice
generalization and IMO improves the API.
The API rules are less ambiguous and do not need a flag:
- When a sock is added to a sockmap we have two cases,
i. The sock map does not have any attached programs so
we can add sock to map without inheriting bpf programs.
The sock may exist in 0 or more other maps.
ii. The sock map has an attached BPF program. To avoid duplicate
bpf programs we only add the sock entry if it does not have
an existing strparser/verdict attached, returning -EBUSY if
a program is already attached. Otherwise attach the program
and inherit strparser/verdict programs from the sock map.
This allows for socks to be in a multiple maps for redirects and
inherit a BPF program from a single map.
Also this patch simplifies the logic around BPF_{EXIST|NOEXIST|ANY}
flags. In the original patch I tried to be extra clever and only
update map entries when necessary. Now I've decided the complexity
is not worth it. If users constantly update an entry with the same
sock for no reason (i.e. update an entry without actually changing
any parameters on map or sock) we still do an alloc/release. Using
this and allowing multiple entries of a sock to exist in a map the
logic becomes much simpler.
Note: Now that multiple maps are supported the "maps" pointer called
when a socket is closed becomes a list of maps to remove the sock from.
To keep the map up to date when a sock is added to the sockmap we must
add the map/elem in the list. Likewise when it is removed we must
remove it from the list. This results in searching the per psock list
on delete operation. On TCP_CLOSE events we walk the list and remove
the psock from all map/entry locations. I don't see any perf
implications in this because at most I have a psock in two maps. If
a psock were to be in many maps its possibly this might be noticeable
on delete but I can't think of a reason to dup a psock in many maps.
The sk_callback_lock is used to protect read/writes to the list. This
was convenient because in all locations we were taking the lock
anyways just after working on the list. Also the lock is per sock so
in normal cases we shouldn't see any contention.
Suggested-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Fixes: 174a79ff95 ("bpf: sockmap with sk redirect support")
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the initial sockmap API we provided strparser and verdict programs
using a single attach command by extending the attach API with a the
attach_bpf_fd2 field.
However, if we add other programs in the future we will be adding a
field for every new possible type, attach_bpf_fd(3,4,..). This
seems a bit clumsy for an API. So lets push the programs using two
new type fields.
BPF_SK_SKB_STREAM_PARSER
BPF_SK_SKB_STREAM_VERDICT
This has the advantage of having a readable name and can easily be
extended in the future.
Updates to samples and sockmap included here also generalize tests
slightly to support upcoming patch for multiple map support.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Fixes: 174a79ff95 ("bpf: sockmap with sk redirect support")
Suggested-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove the command payloads that do not have an associated libnvdimm
ioctl. I.e. remove the payloads that would only ever be carried in the
ND_CMD_CALL envelope. This prevents userspace from growing unnecessary
dependencies on this kernel header when userspace already has everything
it needs to craft and send these commands.
Cc: Jerry Hoemann <jerry.hoemann@hpe.com>
Reported-by: Yasunori Goto <y-goto@jp.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
Increase PPL area to 1MB and use it as circular buffer to store PPL. The
entry with highest generation number is the latest one. If PPL to be
written is larger then space left in a buffer, rewind the buffer to the
start (don't wrap it).
Signed-off-by: Pawel Baldysiak <pawel.baldysiak@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Artur Paszkiewicz <artur.paszkiewicz@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Shaohua Li <shli@fb.com>
The fe_status variable s is not initialized meaning it can have any
random garbage status. This could be problematic if fe->ops.tune is
false as s is not updated by the call to fe->ops.tune() and a
subsequent check on the change status will using a garbage value.
Fix this by adding FE_NONE to the enum fe_status and initializing
s to this.
Detected by CoverityScan, CID#112887 ("Uninitialized scalar variable")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Shuah Khan <shuahkh@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@s-opensource.com>
These formats are compressed 12-bit raw bayer formats with four different
pixel orders. They are similar to 10-bit variants. The formats added by
this patch are
V4L2_PIX_FMT_SBGGR12P
V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGBRG12P
V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGRBG12P
V4L2_PIX_FMT_SRGGB12P
Signed-off-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@s-opensource.com>
This patch implements the L2 frame encapsulation mechanism, referred to
as T.Encaps.L2 in the SRv6 specifications [1].
A new type of SRv6 tunnel mode is added (SEG6_IPTUN_MODE_L2ENCAP). It only
accepts packets with an existing MAC header (i.e., it will not work for
locally generated packets). The resulting packet looks like IPv6 -> SRH ->
Ethernet -> original L3 payload. The next header field of the SRH is set to
NEXTHDR_NONE.
[1] https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-filsfils-spring-srv6-network-programming-01
Signed-off-by: David Lebrun <david.lebrun@uclouvain.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Skylake changed the encoding of the PEBS data source field.
Some combinations are not available anymore, but some new cases
e.g. for L4 cache hit are added.
Fix up the conversion table for Skylake, similar as had been done
for Nehalem.
On Skylake server the encoding for L4 actually means persistent
memory. Handle this case too.
To properly describe it in the abstracted perf format I had to add
some new fields. Since a hit can have only one level add a new
field that is an enumeration, not a bit field to describe
the level. It can describe any level. Some numbers are also
used to describe PMEM and LFB.
Also add a new generic remote flag that can be combined with
the generic level to signify a remote cache.
And there is an extension field for the snoop indication to handle
the Forward state.
I didn't add a generic flag for hops because it's not needed
for Skylake.
I changed the existing encodings for older CPUs to also fill in the
new level and remote fields.
Signed-off-by: Andi Kleen <ak@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra (Intel) <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Madhavan Srinivasan <maddy@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Michael Ellerman <mpe@ellerman.id.au>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: acme@kernel.org
Cc: jolsa@kernel.org
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20170816222156.19953-3-andi@firstfloor.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
This will be used by the IPv4 host table which will be introduced in the
following patches. This header is global and can be reused by many
drivers.
Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This will be used by the IPv4 host table which will be introduced in the
following patches. This header is global and can be reused by many
drivers.
Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add eDPC support. Get and print the RP PIO error information when the
trigger condition is RP PIO error.
For more information on eDPC, please see PCI Express Base Specification
Revision 3.1, section 6.2.10.3, or view the PCI-SIG eDPC ECN here:
https://pcisig.com/sites/default/files/specification_documents/ECN_Enhanced_DPC_2012-11-19_final.pdf
Signed-off-by: Dongdong Liu <liudongdong3@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bhelgaas@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <keith.busch@intel.com>
PCI_CAP_EXP_ENDPOINT_SIZEOF_V1 defines the size of the PCIe capability
structure for v1 devices with link, but we also have a need in the vfio
code for sizing the capability for devices without link, such as Root
Complex Integrated Endpoints. Create a separate define for this ending the
structure before the link fields.
Additionally, this reveals that PCI_CAP_EXP_ENDPOINT_SIZEOF_V2 is currently
incorrect, ending the capability length before the v2 link fields. Rename
this to specify an RC Integrated Endpoint (no link) capability length and
move PCI_CAP_EXP_ENDPOINT_SIZEOF_V2 to include the link fields as we have
for the v1 version.
Signed-off-by: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com>
[bhelgaas: add "_" in "PCI_CAP_EXP_RC ENDPOINT_SIZEOF_V2 44"]
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bhelgaas@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Auger <eric.auger@redhat.com>
Lguest seems to be rather unused these days. It has seen only patches
ensuring it still builds the last two years and its official state is
"Odd Fixes".
Remove it in order to be able to clean up the paravirt code.
Signed-off-by: Juergen Gross <jgross@suse.com>
Acked-by: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au>
Acked-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: boris.ostrovsky@oracle.com
Cc: lguest@lists.ozlabs.org
Cc: rusty@rustcorp.com.au
Cc: xen-devel@lists.xenproject.org
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20170816173157.8633-3-jgross@suse.com
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
There's some stuff still up in the air, let's not get stuck with a
subpar ABI. I'll follow up with something better for 4.14.
Signed-off-by: Omar Sandoval <osandov@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
binder_fd_array_object starts with a 4-byte header,
followed by a few fields that are 8 bytes when
ANDROID_BINDER_IPC_32BIT=N.
This can cause alignment issues in a 64-bit kernel
with a 32-bit userspace, as on x86_32 an 8-byte primitive
may be aligned to a 4-byte address. Pad with a __u32
to fix this.
Signed-off-by: Martijn Coenen <maco@android.com>
Cc: stable <stable@vger.kernel.org> # 4.11+
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
The patch adds ERSPAN type II tunnel support. The implementation
is based on the draft at [1]. One of the purposes is for Linux
box to be able to receive ERSPAN monitoring traffic sent from
the Cisco switch, by creating a ERSPAN tunnel device.
In addition, the patch also adds ERSPAN TX, so Linux virtual
switch can redirect monitored traffic to the ERSPAN tunnel device.
The traffic will be encapsulated into ERSPAN and sent out.
The implementation reuses tunnel key as ERSPAN session ID, and
field 'erspan' as ERSPAN Index fields:
./ip link add dev ers11 type erspan seq key 100 erspan 123 \
local 172.16.1.200 remote 172.16.1.100
To use the above device as ERSPAN receiver, configure
Nexus 5000 switch as below:
monitor session 100 type erspan-source
erspan-id 123
vrf default
destination ip 172.16.1.200
source interface Ethernet1/11 both
source interface Ethernet1/12 both
no shut
monitor erspan origin ip-address 172.16.1.100 global
[1] https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-foschiano-erspan-01
[2] iproute2 patch: http://marc.info/?l=linux-netdev&m=150306086924951&w=2
[3] test script: http://marc.info/?l=linux-netdev&m=150231021807304&w=2
Signed-off-by: William Tu <u9012063@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Meenakshi Vohra <mvohra@vmware.com>
Cc: Alexey Kuznetsov <kuznet@ms2.inr.ac.ru>
Cc: Hideaki YOSHIFUJI <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
pull request (net-next): ipsec-next 2017-08-21
1) Support RX checksum with IPsec crypto offload for esp4/esp6.
From Ilan Tayari.
2) Fixup IPv6 checksums when doing IPsec crypto offload.
From Yossi Kuperman.
3) Auto load the xfrom offload modules if a user installs
a SA that requests IPsec offload. From Ilan Tayari.
4) Clear RX offload informations in xfrm_input to not
confuse the TX path with stale offload informations.
From Ilan Tayari.
5) Allow IPsec GSO for local sockets if the crypto operation
will be offloaded.
6) Support setting of an output mark to the xfrm_state.
This mark can be used to to do the tunnel route lookup.
From Lorenzo Colitti.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The CEC_EVENT_PIN_LOW/HIGH defines and the cec_queue_pin_event() function
did not specify that these were about CEC pin events.
Since in the future there will also be HPD pin events it is wise to rename
the event defines and function to CEC_EVENT_PIN_CEC_LOW/HIGH and
cec_queue_pin_cec_event() now before these become part of the ABI.
Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@s-opensource.com>
The current map creation API does not allow to provide the numa-node
preference. The memory usually comes from where the map-creation-process
is running. The performance is not ideal if the bpf_prog is known to
always run in a numa node different from the map-creation-process.
One of the use case is sharding on CPU to different LRU maps (i.e.
an array of LRU maps). Here is the test result of map_perf_test on
the INNER_LRU_HASH_PREALLOC test if we force the lru map used by
CPU0 to be allocated from a remote numa node:
[ The machine has 20 cores. CPU0-9 at node 0. CPU10-19 at node 1 ]
># taskset -c 10 ./map_perf_test 512 8 1260000 8000000
5:inner_lru_hash_map_perf pre-alloc 1628380 events per sec
4:inner_lru_hash_map_perf pre-alloc 1626396 events per sec
3:inner_lru_hash_map_perf pre-alloc 1626144 events per sec
6:inner_lru_hash_map_perf pre-alloc 1621657 events per sec
2:inner_lru_hash_map_perf pre-alloc 1621534 events per sec
1:inner_lru_hash_map_perf pre-alloc 1620292 events per sec
7:inner_lru_hash_map_perf pre-alloc 1613305 events per sec
0:inner_lru_hash_map_perf pre-alloc 1239150 events per sec #<<<
After specifying numa node:
># taskset -c 10 ./map_perf_test 512 8 1260000 8000000
5:inner_lru_hash_map_perf pre-alloc 1629627 events per sec
3:inner_lru_hash_map_perf pre-alloc 1628057 events per sec
1:inner_lru_hash_map_perf pre-alloc 1623054 events per sec
6:inner_lru_hash_map_perf pre-alloc 1616033 events per sec
2:inner_lru_hash_map_perf pre-alloc 1614630 events per sec
4:inner_lru_hash_map_perf pre-alloc 1612651 events per sec
7:inner_lru_hash_map_perf pre-alloc 1609337 events per sec
0:inner_lru_hash_map_perf pre-alloc 1619340 events per sec #<<<
This patch adds one field, numa_node, to the bpf_attr. Since numa node 0
is a valid node, a new flag BPF_F_NUMA_NODE is also added. The numa_node
field is honored if and only if the BPF_F_NUMA_NODE flag is set.
Numa node selection is not supported for percpu map.
This patch does not change all the kmalloc. F.e.
'htab = kzalloc()' is not changed since the object
is small enough to stay in the cache.
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
to be used in combination with tcp option set support to mimic
iptables TCPMSS --clamp-mss-to-pmtu.
v2: Eric Dumazet points out dst must be initialized.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This allows setting 2 and 4 byte quantities in the tcp option space.
Main purpose is to allow native replacement for xt_TCPMSS to
work around pmtu blackholes.
Writes to kind and len are now allowed at the moment, it does not seem
useful to do this as it causes corruption of the tcp option space.
We can always lift this restriction later if a use-case appears.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This is useful for directly looking up a task based on class id rather than
having to scan through all open file descriptors.
Signed-off-by: Sasha Levin <alexander.levin@verizon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement MEMBARRIER_CMD_PRIVATE_EXPEDITED with IPIs using cpumask built
from all runqueues for which current thread's mm is the same as the
thread calling sys_membarrier. It executes faster than the non-expedited
variant (no blocking). It also works on NOHZ_FULL configurations.
Scheduler-wise, it requires a memory barrier before and after context
switching between processes (which have different mm). The memory
barrier before context switch is already present. For the barrier after
context switch:
* Our TSO archs can do RELEASE without being a full barrier. Look at
x86 spin_unlock() being a regular STORE for example. But for those
archs, all atomics imply smp_mb and all of them have atomic ops in
switch_mm() for mm_cpumask(), and on x86 the CR3 load acts as a full
barrier.
* From all weakly ordered machines, only ARM64 and PPC can do RELEASE,
the rest does indeed do smp_mb(), so there the spin_unlock() is a full
barrier and we're good.
* ARM64 has a very heavy barrier in switch_to(), which suffices.
* PPC just removed its barrier from switch_to(), but appears to be
talking about adding something to switch_mm(). So add a
smp_mb__after_unlock_lock() for now, until this is settled on the PPC
side.
Changes since v3:
- Properly document the memory barriers provided by each architecture.
Changes since v2:
- Address comments from Peter Zijlstra,
- Add smp_mb__after_unlock_lock() after finish_lock_switch() in
finish_task_switch() to add the memory barrier we need after storing
to rq->curr. This is much simpler than the previous approach relying
on atomic_dec_and_test() in mmdrop(), which actually added a memory
barrier in the common case of switching between userspace processes.
- Return -EINVAL when MEMBARRIER_CMD_SHARED is used on a nohz_full
kernel, rather than having the whole membarrier system call returning
-ENOSYS. Indeed, CMD_PRIVATE_EXPEDITED is compatible with nohz_full.
Adapt the CMD_QUERY mask accordingly.
Changes since v1:
- move membarrier code under kernel/sched/ because it uses the
scheduler runqueue,
- only add the barrier when we switch from a kernel thread. The case
where we switch from a user-space thread is already handled by
the atomic_dec_and_test() in mmdrop().
- add a comment to mmdrop() documenting the requirement on the implicit
memory barrier.
CC: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
CC: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
CC: Boqun Feng <boqun.feng@gmail.com>
CC: Andrew Hunter <ahh@google.com>
CC: Maged Michael <maged.michael@gmail.com>
CC: gromer@google.com
CC: Avi Kivity <avi@scylladb.com>
CC: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
CC: Paul Mackerras <paulus@samba.org>
CC: Michael Ellerman <mpe@ellerman.id.au>
Signed-off-by: Mathieu Desnoyers <mathieu.desnoyers@efficios.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Tested-by: Dave Watson <davejwatson@fb.com>
Recently we added a new map type called dev map used to forward XDP
packets between ports (6093ec2dc3). This patches introduces a
similar notion for sockets.
A sockmap allows users to add participating sockets to a map. When
sockets are added to the map enough context is stored with the
map entry to use the entry with a new helper
bpf_sk_redirect_map(map, key, flags)
This helper (analogous to bpf_redirect_map in XDP) is given the map
and an entry in the map. When called from a sockmap program, discussed
below, the skb will be sent on the socket using skb_send_sock().
With the above we need a bpf program to call the helper from that will
then implement the send logic. The initial site implemented in this
series is the recv_sock hook. For this to work we implemented a map
attach command to add attributes to a map. In sockmap we add two
programs a parse program and a verdict program. The parse program
uses strparser to build messages and pass them to the verdict program.
The parse programs use the normal strparser semantics. The verdict
program is of type SK_SKB.
The verdict program returns a verdict SK_DROP, or SK_REDIRECT for
now. Additional actions may be added later. When SK_REDIRECT is
returned, expected when bpf program uses bpf_sk_redirect_map(), the
sockmap logic will consult per cpu variables set by the helper routine
and pull the sock entry out of the sock map. This pattern follows the
existing redirect logic in cls and xdp programs.
This gives the flow,
recv_sock -> str_parser (parse_prog) -> verdict_prog -> skb_send_sock
\
-> kfree_skb
As an example use case a message based load balancer may use specific
logic in the verdict program to select the sock to send on.
Sample programs are provided in future patches that hopefully illustrate
the user interfaces. Also selftests are in follow-on patches.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A class of programs, run from strparser and soon from a new map type
called sock map, are used with skb as the context but on established
sockets. By creating a specific program type for these we can use
bpf helpers that expect full sockets and get the verifier to ensure
these helpers are not used out of context.
The new type is BPF_PROG_TYPE_SK_SKB. This patch introduces the
infrastructure and type.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
v2:
* Renamed ALLOC_MEMORY_OF_SCRATCH to SET_SCRATCH_BACKING_VA
* Removed size parameter from the ioctl, it was unused
* Removed hole in ioctl number space
* No more call to write_config_static_mem
* Return correct error code from ioctl
Signed-off-by: Moses Reuben <moses.reuben@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: Ben Goz <ben.goz@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Kuehling <Felix.Kuehling@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: Oded Gabbay <oded.gabbay@gmail.com>
IPv6 routes currently lack nexthop flags as in IPv4. This has several
implications.
In the forwarding path, it requires us to check the carrier state of the
nexthop device and potentially ignore a linkdown route, instead of
checking for RTNH_F_LINKDOWN.
It also requires capable drivers to use the user facing IPv6-specific
route flags to provide offload indication, instead of using the nexthop
flags as in IPv4.
Add nexthop flags to IPv6 routes in the 40 bytes hole and use it to
provide offload indication instead of the RTF_OFFLOAD flag, which is
removed while it's still not part of any official kernel release.
In the near future we would like to use the field for the
RTNH_F_{LINKDOWN,DEAD} flags, but this change is more involved and might
not be ready in time for the current cycle.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add zstd compression and decompression support to BtrFS. zstd at its
fastest level compresses almost as well as zlib, while offering much
faster compression and decompression, approaching lzo speeds.
I benchmarked btrfs with zstd compression against no compression, lzo
compression, and zlib compression. I benchmarked two scenarios. Copying
a set of files to btrfs, and then reading the files. Copying a tarball
to btrfs, extracting it to btrfs, and then reading the extracted files.
After every operation, I call `sync` and include the sync time.
Between every pair of operations I unmount and remount the filesystem
to avoid caching. The benchmark files can be found in the upstream
zstd source repository under
`contrib/linux-kernel/{btrfs-benchmark.sh,btrfs-extract-benchmark.sh}`
[1] [2].
I ran the benchmarks on a Ubuntu 14.04 VM with 2 cores and 4 GiB of RAM.
The VM is running on a MacBook Pro with a 3.1 GHz Intel Core i7 processor,
16 GB of RAM, and a SSD.
The first compression benchmark is copying 10 copies of the unzipped
Silesia corpus [3] into a BtrFS filesystem mounted with
`-o compress-force=Method`. The decompression benchmark times how long
it takes to `tar` all 10 copies into `/dev/null`. The compression ratio is
measured by comparing the output of `df` and `du`. See the benchmark file
[1] for details. I benchmarked multiple zstd compression levels, although
the patch uses zstd level 1.
| Method | Ratio | Compression MB/s | Decompression speed |
|---------|-------|------------------|---------------------|
| None | 0.99 | 504 | 686 |
| lzo | 1.66 | 398 | 442 |
| zlib | 2.58 | 65 | 241 |
| zstd 1 | 2.57 | 260 | 383 |
| zstd 3 | 2.71 | 174 | 408 |
| zstd 6 | 2.87 | 70 | 398 |
| zstd 9 | 2.92 | 43 | 406 |
| zstd 12 | 2.93 | 21 | 408 |
| zstd 15 | 3.01 | 11 | 354 |
The next benchmark first copies `linux-4.11.6.tar` [4] to btrfs. Then it
measures the compression ratio, extracts the tar, and deletes the tar.
Then it measures the compression ratio again, and `tar`s the extracted
files into `/dev/null`. See the benchmark file [2] for details.
| Method | Tar Ratio | Extract Ratio | Copy (s) | Extract (s)| Read (s) |
|--------|-----------|---------------|----------|------------|----------|
| None | 0.97 | 0.78 | 0.981 | 5.501 | 8.807 |
| lzo | 2.06 | 1.38 | 1.631 | 8.458 | 8.585 |
| zlib | 3.40 | 1.86 | 7.750 | 21.544 | 11.744 |
| zstd 1 | 3.57 | 1.85 | 2.579 | 11.479 | 9.389 |
[1] https://github.com/facebook/zstd/blob/dev/contrib/linux-kernel/btrfs-benchmark.sh
[2] https://github.com/facebook/zstd/blob/dev/contrib/linux-kernel/btrfs-extract-benchmark.sh
[3] http://sun.aei.polsl.pl/~sdeor/index.php?page=silesia
[4] https://cdn.kernel.org/pub/linux/kernel/v4.x/linux-4.11.6.tar.xz
zstd source repository: https://github.com/facebook/zstd
Signed-off-by: Nick Terrell <terrelln@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Chris Mason <clm@fb.com>
Introducing USB charger type and state definition can help
to support USB charging which will be added in USB phy core.
Signed-off-by: Baolin Wang <baolin.wang@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Felipe Balbi <felipe.balbi@linux.intel.com>
Right now, SECCOMP_RET_KILL_THREAD (neé SECCOMP_RET_KILL) kills the
current thread. There have been a few requests for this to kill the entire
process (the thread group). This cannot be just changed (discovered when
adding coredump support since coredumping kills the entire process)
because there are userspace programs depending on the thread-kill
behavior.
Instead, implement SECCOMP_RET_KILL_PROCESS, which is 0x80000000, and can
be processed as "-1" by the kernel, below the existing RET_KILL that is
ABI-set to "0". For userspace, SECCOMP_RET_ACTION_FULL is added to expand
the mask to the signed bit. Old userspace using the SECCOMP_RET_ACTION
mask will see SECCOMP_RET_KILL_PROCESS as 0 still, but this would only
be visible when examining the siginfo in a core dump from a RET_KILL_*,
where it will think it was thread-killed instead of process-killed.
Attempts to introduce this behavior via other ways (filter flags,
seccomp struct flags, masked RET_DATA bits) all come with weird
side-effects and baggage. This change preserves the central behavioral
expectations of the seccomp filter engine without putting too great
a burden on changes needed in userspace to use the new action.
The new action is discoverable by userspace through either the new
actions_avail sysctl or through the SECCOMP_GET_ACTION_AVAIL seccomp
operation. If used without checking for availability, old kernels
will treat RET_KILL_PROCESS as RET_KILL_THREAD (since the old mask
will produce RET_KILL_THREAD).
Cc: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
Cc: Fabricio Voznika <fvoznika@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
This introduces the BPF return value for SECCOMP_RET_KILL_PROCESS to kill
an entire process. This cannot yet be reached by seccomp, but it changes
the default-kill behavior (for unknown return values) from kill-thread to
kill-process.
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
In preparation for adding SECCOMP_RET_KILL_PROCESS, rename SECCOMP_RET_KILL
to the more accurate SECCOMP_RET_KILL_THREAD.
The existing selftest values are intentionally left as SECCOMP_RET_KILL
just to be sure we're exercising the alias.
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Add a new action, SECCOMP_RET_LOG, that logs a syscall before allowing
the syscall. At the implementation level, this action is identical to
the existing SECCOMP_RET_ALLOW action. However, it can be very useful when
initially developing a seccomp filter for an application. The developer
can set the default action to be SECCOMP_RET_LOG, maybe mark any
obviously needed syscalls with SECCOMP_RET_ALLOW, and then put the
application through its paces. A list of syscalls that triggered the
default action (SECCOMP_RET_LOG) can be easily gleaned from the logs and
that list can be used to build the syscall whitelist. Finally, the
developer can change the default action to the desired value.
This provides a more friendly experience than seeing the application get
killed, then updating the filter and rebuilding the app, seeing the
application get killed due to a different syscall, then updating the
filter and rebuilding the app, etc.
The functionality is similar to what's supported by the various LSMs.
SELinux has permissive mode, AppArmor has complain mode, SMACK has
bring-up mode, etc.
SECCOMP_RET_LOG is given a lower value than SECCOMP_RET_ALLOW as allow
while logging is slightly more restrictive than quietly allowing.
Unfortunately, the tests added for SECCOMP_RET_LOG are not capable of
inspecting the audit log to verify that the syscall was logged.
With this patch, the logic for deciding if an action will be logged is:
if action == RET_ALLOW:
do not log
else if action == RET_KILL && RET_KILL in actions_logged:
log
else if action == RET_LOG && RET_LOG in actions_logged:
log
else if filter-requests-logging && action in actions_logged:
log
else if audit_enabled && process-is-being-audited:
log
else:
do not log
Signed-off-by: Tyler Hicks <tyhicks@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Add a new filter flag, SECCOMP_FILTER_FLAG_LOG, that enables logging for
all actions except for SECCOMP_RET_ALLOW for the given filter.
SECCOMP_RET_KILL actions are always logged, when "kill" is in the
actions_logged sysctl, and SECCOMP_RET_ALLOW actions are never logged,
regardless of this flag.
This flag can be used to create noisy filters that result in all
non-allowed actions to be logged. A process may have one noisy filter,
which is loaded with this flag, as well as a quiet filter that's not
loaded with this flag. This allows for the actions in a set of filters
to be selectively conveyed to the admin.
Since a system could have a large number of allocated seccomp_filter
structs, struct packing was taken in consideration. On 64 bit x86, the
new log member takes up one byte of an existing four byte hole in the
struct. On 32 bit x86, the new log member creates a new four byte hole
(unavoidable) and consumes one of those bytes.
Unfortunately, the tests added for SECCOMP_FILTER_FLAG_LOG are not
capable of inspecting the audit log to verify that the actions taken in
the filter were logged.
With this patch, the logic for deciding if an action will be logged is:
if action == RET_ALLOW:
do not log
else if action == RET_KILL && RET_KILL in actions_logged:
log
else if filter-requests-logging && action in actions_logged:
log
else if audit_enabled && process-is-being-audited:
log
else:
do not log
Signed-off-by: Tyler Hicks <tyhicks@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Userspace code that needs to check if the kernel supports a given action
may not be able to use the /proc/sys/kernel/seccomp/actions_avail
sysctl. The process may be running in a sandbox and, therefore,
sufficient filesystem access may not be available. This patch adds an
operation to the seccomp(2) syscall that allows userspace code to ask
the kernel if a given action is available.
If the action is supported by the kernel, 0 is returned. If the action
is not supported by the kernel, -1 is returned with errno set to
-EOPNOTSUPP. If this check is attempted on a kernel that doesn't support
this new operation, -1 is returned with errno set to -EINVAL meaning
that userspace code will have the ability to differentiate between the
two error cases.
Signed-off-by: Tyler Hicks <tyhicks@canonical.com>
Suggested-by: Andy Lutomirski <luto@amacapital.net>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
linux/errno.h is very sensitive to coordination with libc headers.
Nothing in linux/quota.h needs it, so this change allows using
this header in more contexts.
Signed-off-by: Florian Weimer <fweimer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
On systems that use mark-based routing it may be necessary for
routing lookups to use marks in order for packets to be routed
correctly. An example of such a system is Android, which uses
socket marks to route packets via different networks.
Currently, routing lookups in tunnel mode always use a mark of
zero, making routing incorrect on such systems.
This patch adds a new output_mark element to the xfrm state and
a corresponding XFRMA_OUTPUT_MARK netlink attribute. The output
mark differs from the existing xfrm mark in two ways:
1. The xfrm mark is used to match xfrm policies and states, while
the xfrm output mark is used to set the mark (and influence
the routing) of the packets emitted by those states.
2. The existing mark is constrained to be a subset of the bits of
the originating socket or transformed packet, but the output
mark is arbitrary and depends only on the state.
The use of a separate mark provides additional flexibility. For
example:
- A packet subject to two transforms (e.g., transport mode inside
tunnel mode) can have two different output marks applied to it,
one for the transport mode SA and one for the tunnel mode SA.
- On a system where socket marks determine routing, the packets
emitted by an IPsec tunnel can be routed based on a mark that
is determined by the tunnel, not by the marks of the
unencrypted packets.
- Support for setting the output marks can be introduced without
breaking any existing setups that employ both mark-based
routing and xfrm tunnel mode. Simply changing the code to use
the xfrm mark for routing output packets could xfrm mark could
change behaviour in a way that breaks these setups.
If the output mark is unspecified or set to zero, the mark is not
set or changed.
Tested: make allyesconfig; make -j64
Tested: https://android-review.googlesource.com/452776
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Colitti <lorenzo@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Currently, eBPF only understands BPF_JGT (>), BPF_JGE (>=),
BPF_JSGT (s>), BPF_JSGE (s>=) instructions, this means that
particularly *JLT/*JLE counterparts involving immediates need
to be rewritten from e.g. X < [IMM] by swapping arguments into
[IMM] > X, meaning the immediate first is required to be loaded
into a register Y := [IMM], such that then we can compare with
Y > X. Note that the destination operand is always required to
be a register.
This has the downside of having unnecessarily increased register
pressure, meaning complex program would need to spill other
registers temporarily to stack in order to obtain an unused
register for the [IMM]. Loading to registers will thus also
affect state pruning since we need to account for that register
use and potentially those registers that had to be spilled/filled
again. As a consequence slightly more stack space might have
been used due to spilling, and BPF programs are a bit longer
due to extra code involving the register load and potentially
required spill/fills.
Thus, add BPF_JLT (<), BPF_JLE (<=), BPF_JSLT (s<), BPF_JSLE (s<=)
counterparts to the eBPF instruction set. Modifying LLVM to
remove the NegateCC() workaround in a PoC patch at [1] and
allowing it to also emit the new instructions resulted in
cilium's BPF programs that are injected into the fast-path to
have a reduced program length in the range of 2-3% (e.g.
accumulated main and tail call sections from one of the object
file reduced from 4864 to 4729 insns), reduced complexity in
the range of 10-30% (e.g. accumulated sections reduced in one
of the cases from 116432 to 88428 insns), and reduced stack
usage in the range of 1-5% (e.g. accumulated sections from one
of the object files reduced from 824 to 784b).
The modification for LLVM will be incorporated in a backwards
compatible way. Plan is for LLVM to have i) a target specific
option to offer a possibility to explicitly enable the extension
by the user (as we have with -m target specific extensions today
for various CPU insns), and ii) have the kernel checked for
presence of the extensions and enable them transparently when
the user is selecting more aggressive options such as -march=native
in a bpf target context. (Other frontends generating BPF byte
code, e.g. ply can probe the kernel directly for its code
generation.)
[1] https://github.com/borkmann/llvm/tree/bpf-insns
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
gcc can get confused by this code and it thinks dev_features can be
returned uninitialized. So initialize to NULL at the beginning to shut up
the warning.
Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@s-opensource.com>
Set media_version to LINUX_VERSION_CODE, just as we did for
driver_version.
Nobody ever rememebers to update the version number, but
LINUX_VERSION_CODE will always be updated.
Move the MEDIA_API_VERSION define to the ifndef __KERNEL__ section of the
media.h header. That way kernelspace can't accidentally start to use
it again.
Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com>
Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@s-opensource.com>
This patch implements a new type of lightweight tunnel named seg6local.
A seg6local lwt is defined by a type of action and a set of parameters.
The action represents the operation to perform on the packets matching the
lwt's route, and is not necessarily an encapsulation. The set of parameters
are arguments for the processing function.
Each action is defined in a struct seg6_action_desc within
seg6_action_table[]. This structure contains the action, mandatory
attributes, the processing function, and a static headroom size required by
the action. The mandatory attributes are encoded as a bitmask field. The
static headroom is set to a non-zero value when the processing function
always add a constant number of bytes to the skb (e.g. the header size for
encapsulations).
To facilitate rtnetlink-related operations such as parsing, fill_encap,
and cmp_encap, each type of action parameter is associated to three
function pointers, in seg6_action_params[].
All actions defined in seg6_local.h are detailed in [1].
[1] https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-filsfils-spring-srv6-network-programming-01
Signed-off-by: David Lebrun <david.lebrun@uclouvain.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes userspace compilation error:
error: ‘DLM_RESNAME_MAXLEN’ undeclared here (not in a function)
char resource_name[DLM_RESNAME_MAXLEN];
Signed-off-by: Mikko Rapeli <mikko.rapeli@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David Teigland <teigland@redhat.com>
Include <drm/drm.h> instead of <linux/types.h> which on Linux includes
<linux/types.h> and on non-Linux platforms defines __u32 etc types.
Fixes user space compilation errors like:
linux/kfd_ioctl.h:33:2: error: unknown type name ‘uint32_t’
uint32_t major_version; /* from KFD */
^~~~~~~~
Signed-off-by: Mikko Rapeli <mikko.rapeli@iki.fi>
Acked-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: Oded Gabbay <oded.gabbay@gmail.com>
Mirrors the TEE_DESC_PRIVILEGED bit of struct tee_desc:flags into struct
tee_ioctl_version_data:gen_caps as TEE_GEN_CAP_PRIVILEGED in
tee_ioctl_version()
Reviewed-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Jens Wiklander <jens.wiklander@linaro.org>
The kernel supports zerocopy sendmsg in virtio and tap. Expand the
infrastructure to support other socket types. Introduce a completion
notification channel over the socket error queue. Notifications are
returned with ee_origin SO_EE_ORIGIN_ZEROCOPY. ee_errno is 0 to avoid
blocking the send/recv path on receiving notifications.
Add reference counting, to support the skb split, merge, resize and
clone operations possible with SOCK_STREAM and other socket types.
The patch does not yet modify any datapaths.
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow user space applications to see which routes are offloaded and
which aren't by setting the RTNH_F_OFFLOAD flag when dumping them.
To be consistent with IPv4, offload indication is provided on a
per-nexthop basis.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Two minor conflicts in virtio_net driver (bug fix overlapping addition
of a helper) and MAINTAINERS (new driver edit overlapping revamp of
PHY entry).
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the following stats into SCM_TIMESTAMPING_OPT_STATS control msg:
TCP_NLA_PACING_RATE
TCP_NLA_DELIVERY_RATE
TCP_NLA_SND_CWND
TCP_NLA_REORDERING
TCP_NLA_MIN_RTT
TCP_NLA_RECUR_RETRANS
TCP_NLA_DELIVERY_RATE_APP_LMT
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Acked-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
was used by tcp prequeue and header prediction.
TCPFORWARDRETRANS use was removed in january.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Same conversion as for table names, use NFT_NAME_MAXLEN as upper
boundary as well.
Signed-off-by: Phil Sutter <phil@nwl.cc>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Same conversion as for table names, use NFT_NAME_MAXLEN as upper
boundary as well.
Signed-off-by: Phil Sutter <phil@nwl.cc>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Same conversion as for table names, use NFT_NAME_MAXLEN as upper
boundary as well.
Signed-off-by: Phil Sutter <phil@nwl.cc>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Allocate all table names dynamically to allow for arbitrary lengths but
introduce NFT_NAME_MAXLEN as an upper sanity boundary. It's value was
chosen to allow using a domain name as per RFC 1035.
Signed-off-by: Phil Sutter <phil@nwl.cc>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch adds support for filtering based on time since last used.
When we are dumping a large number of actions it is useful to
have the option of filtering based on when the action was last
used to reduce the amount of data crossing to user space.
With this patch the user space app sets the TCA_ROOT_TIME_DELTA
attribute with the value in milliseconds with "time of interest
since now". The kernel converts this to jiffies and does the
filtering comparison matching entries that have seen activity
since then and returns them to user space.
Old kernels and old tc continue to work in legacy mode since
they dont specify this attribute.
Some example (we have 400 actions bound to 400 filters); at
installation time. Using updated when tc setting the time of
interest to 120 seconds earlier (we see 400 actions):
prompt$ hackedtc actions ls action gact since 120000| grep index | wc -l
400
go get some coffee and wait for > 120 seconds and try again:
prompt$ hackedtc actions ls action gact since 120000 | grep index | wc -l
0
Lets see a filter bound to one of these actions:
....
filter pref 10 u32
filter pref 10 u32 fh 800: ht divisor 1
filter pref 10 u32 fh 800::800 order 2048 key ht 800 bkt 0 flowid 1:10 (rule hit 2 success 1)
match 7f000002/ffffffff at 12 (success 1 )
action order 1: gact action pass
random type none pass val 0
index 23 ref 2 bind 1 installed 1145 sec used 802 sec
Action statistics:
Sent 84 bytes 1 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
backlog 0b 0p requeues 0
....
that coffee took long, no? It was good.
Now lets ping -c 1 127.0.0.2, then run the actions again:
prompt$ hackedtc actions ls action gact since 120 | grep index | wc -l
1
More details please:
prompt$ hackedtc -s actions ls action gact since 120000
action order 0: gact action pass
random type none pass val 0
index 23 ref 2 bind 1 installed 1270 sec used 30 sec
Action statistics:
Sent 168 bytes 2 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
backlog 0b 0p requeues 0
And the filter?
filter pref 10 u32
filter pref 10 u32 fh 800: ht divisor 1
filter pref 10 u32 fh 800::800 order 2048 key ht 800 bkt 0 flowid 1:10 (rule hit 4 success 2)
match 7f000002/ffffffff at 12 (success 2 )
action order 1: gact action pass
random type none pass val 0
index 23 ref 2 bind 1 installed 1324 sec used 84 sec
Action statistics:
Sent 168 bytes 2 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
backlog 0b 0p requeues 0
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When you dump hundreds of thousands of actions, getting only 32 per
dump batch even when the socket buffer and memory allocations allow
is inefficient.
With this change, the user will get as many as possibly fitting
within the given constraints available to the kernel.
The top level action TLV space is extended. An attribute
TCA_ROOT_FLAGS is used to carry flags; flag TCA_FLAG_LARGE_DUMP_ON
is set by the user indicating the user is capable of processing
these large dumps. Older user space which doesnt set this flag
doesnt get the large (than 32) batches.
The kernel uses the TCA_ROOT_COUNT attribute to tell the user how many
actions are put in a single batch. As such user space app knows how long
to iterate (independent of the type of action being dumped)
instead of hardcoded maximum of 32 thus maintaining backward compat.
Some results dumping 1.5M actions below:
first an unpatched tc which doesnt understand these features...
prompt$ time -p tc actions ls action gact | grep index | wc -l
1500000
real 1388.43
user 2.07
sys 1386.79
Now lets see a patched tc which sets the correct flags when requesting
a dump:
prompt$ time -p updatedtc actions ls action gact | grep index | wc -l
1500000
real 178.13
user 2.02
sys 176.96
That is about 8x performance improvement for tc app which sets its
receive buffer to about 32K.
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Generic bitflags attribute content sent to the kernel by user.
With this netlink attr type the user can either set or unset a
flag in the kernel.
The value is a bitmap that defines the bit values being set
The selector is a bitmask that defines which value bit is to be
considered.
A check is made to ensure the rules that a kernel subsystem always
conforms to bitflags the kernel already knows about. i.e
if the user tries to set a bit flag that is not understood then
the _it will be rejected_.
In the most basic form, the user specifies the attribute policy as:
[ATTR_GOO] = { .type = NLA_BITFIELD32, .validation_data = &myvalidflags },
where myvalidflags is the bit mask of the flags the kernel understands.
If the user _does not_ provide myvalidflags then the attribute will
also be rejected.
Examples:
value = 0x0, and selector = 0x1
implies we are selecting bit 1 and we want to set its value to 0.
value = 0x2, and selector = 0x2
implies we are selecting bit 2 and we want to set its value to 1.
Suggested-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Forward Error Correction (FEC) modes i.e Base-R
and Reed-Solomon modes are introduced in 25G/40G/100G standards
for providing good BER at high speeds. Various networking devices
which support 25G/40G/100G provides ability to manage supported FEC
modes and the lack of FEC encoding control and reporting today is a
source for interoperability issues for many vendors.
FEC capability as well as specific FEC mode i.e. Base-R
or RS modes can be requested or advertised through bits D44:47 of
base link codeword.
This patch set intends to provide option under ethtool to manage
and report FEC encoding settings for networking devices as per
IEEE 802.3 bj, bm and by specs.
set-fec/show-fec option(s) are designed to provide control and
report the FEC encoding on the link.
SET FEC option:
root@tor: ethtool --set-fec swp1 encoding [off | RS | BaseR | auto]
Encoding: Types of encoding
Off : Turning off any encoding
RS : enforcing RS-FEC encoding on supported speeds
BaseR : enforcing Base R encoding on supported speeds
Auto : IEEE defaults for the speed/medium combination
Here are a few examples of what we would expect if encoding=auto:
- if autoneg is on, we are expecting FEC to be negotiated as on or off
as long as protocol supports it
- if the hardware is capable of detecting the FEC encoding on it's
receiver it will reconfigure its encoder to match
- in absence of the above, the configuration would be set to IEEE
defaults.
>From our understanding , this is essentially what most hardware/driver
combinations are doing today in the absence of a way for users to
control the behavior.
SHOW FEC option:
root@tor: ethtool --show-fec swp1
FEC parameters for swp1:
Active FEC encodings: RS
Configured FEC encodings: RS | BaseR
ETHTOOL DEVNAME output modification:
ethtool devname output:
root@tor:~# ethtool swp1
Settings for swp1:
root@hpe-7712-03:~# ethtool swp18
Settings for swp18:
Supported ports: [ FIBRE ]
Supported link modes: 40000baseCR4/Full
40000baseSR4/Full
40000baseLR4/Full
100000baseSR4/Full
100000baseCR4/Full
100000baseLR4_ER4/Full
Supported pause frame use: No
Supports auto-negotiation: Yes
Supported FEC modes: [RS | BaseR | None | Not reported]
Advertised link modes: Not reported
Advertised pause frame use: No
Advertised auto-negotiation: No
Advertised FEC modes: [RS | BaseR | None | Not reported]
<<<< One or more FEC modes
Speed: 100000Mb/s
Duplex: Full
Port: FIBRE
PHYAD: 106
Transceiver: internal
Auto-negotiation: off
Link detected: yes
This patch includes following changes
a) New ETHTOOL_SFECPARAM/SFECPARAM API, handled by
the new get_fecparam/set_fecparam callbacks, provides support
for configuration of forward error correction modes.
b) Link mode bits for FEC modes i.e. None (No FEC mode), RS, BaseR/FC
are defined so that users can configure these fec modes for supported
and advertising fields as part of link autonegotiation.
Signed-off-by: Vidya Sagar Ravipati <vidya.chowdary@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dustin Byford <dustin@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently blktrace isn't cgroup aware. blktrace prints out task name of
current context, but the task of current context isn't always in the
cgroup where the BIO comes from. We can't use task name to find out IO
cgroup. For example, Writeback BIOs always comes from flusher thread but
the BIOs are for different blk cgroups. Request could be requeued and
dispatched from completely different tasks. MD/DM are another examples.
This patch tries to fix the gap. We print out cgroup fhandle info in
blktrace. Userspace can use open_by_handle_at() syscall to find the
cgroup by fhandle. Or userspace can use name_to_handle_at() syscall to
find fhandle for a cgroup and use a BPF program to filter out blktrace
for a specific cgroup.
We add a new 'blk_cgroup' trace option for blk tracer. It's default off.
Application which doesn't know the new option isn't affected. When it's
on, we output fhandle info right after blk_io_trace with an extra bit
set in event action. So from application point of view, blktrace with
the option will output new actions.
I didn't change blk trace event yet, since I'm not sure if changing the
trace event output is an ABI issue. If not, I'll do it later.
Acked-by: Steven Rostedt (VMware) <rostedt@goodmis.org>
Signed-off-by: Shaohua Li <shli@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
This is helpful for 'nft monitor' to track which process caused a given
change to the ruleset.
Signed-off-by: Phil Sutter <phil@nwl.cc>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Move the protocol description header file into net/rxrpc/ and rename it to
protocol.h. It's no longer necessary to expose it as packets are no longer
exposed to kernel services (such as AFS) that use the facility.
The abort codes are transferred to the UAPI header instead as we pass these
back to userspace and also to kernel services.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Move UAPI definitions from the internal header and place them in a UAPI
header file so that userspace can make use of them.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
It is often useful to know the branch types while analyzing branch data.
For example, a call is very different from a conditional branch.
Currently we have to look it up in binary while the binary may later not
be available and even the binary is available but user has to take some
time. It is very useful for user to check it directly in perf report.
Perf already has support for disassembling the branch instruction to get
the x86 branch type.
To keep consistent on kernel and userspace and make the classification
more common, the patch adds the common branch type classification
in perf_event.h.
The patch only defines a minimum but most common set of branch types.
PERF_BR_UNKNOWN : unknown
PERF_BR_COND ：conditional
PERF_BR_UNCOND : unconditional
PERF_BR_IND : indirect
PERF_BR_CALL : function call
PERF_BR_IND_CALL : indirect function call
PERF_BR_RET : function return
PERF_BR_SYSCALL : syscall
PERF_BR_SYSRET : syscall return
PERF_BR_COND_CALL : conditional function call
PERF_BR_COND_RET : conditional function return
The patch also adds a new field type (4 bits) in perf_branch_entry
to record the branch type.
Since the disassembling of branch instruction needs some overhead,
a new PERF_SAMPLE_BRANCH_TYPE_SAVE is introduced to indicate if it
needs to disassemble the branch instruction and record the branch
type.
Change log:
v10: Not changed.
v9: Not changed.
v8: Change PERF_BR_NONE to PERF_BR_UNKNOWN.
No other change.
v7: Just keep the most common branch types.
Others are removed.
v6: Not changed.
v5: Not changed. The v5 patch series just change the userspace.
v4: Comparing to previous version, the major changes are:
1. Remove the PERF_BR_JCC_FWD/PERF_BR_JCC_BWD, they will be
computed later in userspace.
2. Remove the "cross" field in perf_branch_entry. The cross page
computing will be done later in userspace.
Signed-off-by: Yao Jin <yao.jin@linux.intel.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Olsa <jolsa@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Michael Ellerman <mpe@ellerman.id.au>
Acked-by: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com>
Cc: Andi Kleen <ak@linux.intel.com>
Cc: Kan Liang <kan.liang@intel.com>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1500379995-6449-2-git-send-email-yao.jin@linux.intel.com
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Event handling was always fairly simplistic since there were only
two events. With the addition of pin events this needed to be redesigned.
The state_change and lost_msgs events are now core events with the
guarantee that the last state is always available. The new pin events
are a queue of events (up to 64 for each event) and the oldest event
will be dropped if the application cannot keep up. Lost events are
marked with a new event flag.
Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com>
Reviewed-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@s-opensource.com>
Add support for low-level CEC pin monitoring. This adds a new monitor
mode, a new capability and two new events.
Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com>
Reviewed-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@s-opensource.com>
Implement serial console driver to complement earlycon.
Based on LeMaker linux-actions tree.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Färber <afaerber@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
USB spec says that multiple byte fields are stored in
little-endian order (see chapter 8.1 of USB2.0 spec and
chapter 7.1 of USB3.0 spec), thus mark such fields as LE
for UAC1 and UAC2 headers
Signed-off-by: Ruslan Bilovol <ruslan.bilovol@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Felipe Balbi <felipe.balbi@linux.intel.com>
BPF programs can use the devmap with a bpf_redirect_map() helper
routine to forward packets to netdevice in map.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Device map (devmap) is a BPF map, primarily useful for networking
applications, that uses a key to lookup a reference to a netdevice.
The map provides a clean way for BPF programs to build virtual port
to physical port maps. Additionally, it provides a scoping function
for the redirect action itself allowing multiple optimizations. Future
patches will leverage the map to provide batching at the XDP layer.
Another optimization/feature, that is not yet implemented, would be
to support multiple netdevices per key to support efficient multicast
and broadcast support.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds support for a bpf_redirect helper function to the XDP
infrastructure. For now this only supports redirecting to the egress
path of a port.
In order to support drivers handling a xdp_buff natively this patches
uses a new ndo operation ndo_xdp_xmit() that takes pushes a xdp_buff
to the specified device.
If the program specifies either (a) an unknown device or (b) a device
that does not support the operation a BPF warning is thrown and the
XDP_ABORTED error code is returned.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Common:
- add uevents for VM creation/destruction
- annotate and properly access RCU-protected objects
s390:
- rename IOCTL added in the first v4.13 merge
x86:
- emulate VMLOAD VMSAVE feature in SVM
- support paravirtual asynchronous page fault while nested
- add Hyper-V userspace interfaces for better migration
- improve master clock corner cases
- extend internal error reporting after EPT misconfig
- correct single-stepping of emulated instructions in SVM
- handle MCE during VM entry
- fix nVMX VM entry checks and nVMX VMCS shadowing
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQEcBAABCAAGBQJZaOm6AAoJEED/6hsPKofoqO8H/3breVIyVv9mwg7A5+o+6LTq
GzV/YXHSC8NtfxZn8ViS/TCziYiBSFv7XiPSodkXbOgYSz8Yya5x9D+dbEH+xgG7
l+LsZEqdSFbHCkvKrMiwSsoXtsT5WygA56+KZiBmu8cvlwqSyXWHFn3ZJ1wKzGq/
zivlkfCoh2m6bGdNmrG9pHUSgxvDh94pXesaVBKy4hgeovY1qjzby3Lo+HuIUzai
exuEU1EKRlUIfLK1B2Anp5IIv5Q1lFnMSvD6YSiWYywZb95dN/adsX1bv+MKeOdt
TIAgotsWjaAuT9JolAJjfVPHG0+uMBMsWg4Zh9Ra/gPPaSh3KEC2h1++zEYKjvw=
=1zII
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'kvm-4.13-2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/virt/kvm/kvm
Pull more KVM updates from Radim Krčmář:
"Second batch of KVM updates for v4.13
Common:
- add uevents for VM creation/destruction
- annotate and properly access RCU-protected objects
s390:
- rename IOCTL added in the first v4.13 merge
x86:
- emulate VMLOAD VMSAVE feature in SVM
- support paravirtual asynchronous page fault while nested
- add Hyper-V userspace interfaces for better migration
- improve master clock corner cases
- extend internal error reporting after EPT misconfig
- correct single-stepping of emulated instructions in SVM
- handle MCE during VM entry
- fix nVMX VM entry checks and nVMX VMCS shadowing"
* tag 'kvm-4.13-2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/virt/kvm/kvm: (28 commits)
kvm: x86: hyperv: make VP_INDEX managed by userspace
KVM: async_pf: Let guest support delivery of async_pf from guest mode
KVM: async_pf: Force a nested vmexit if the injected #PF is async_pf
KVM: async_pf: Add L1 guest async_pf #PF vmexit handler
KVM: x86: Simplify kvm_x86_ops->queue_exception parameter list
kvm: x86: hyperv: add KVM_CAP_HYPERV_SYNIC2
KVM: x86: make backwards_tsc_observed a per-VM variable
KVM: trigger uevents when creating or destroying a VM
KVM: SVM: Enable Virtual VMLOAD VMSAVE feature
KVM: SVM: Add Virtual VMLOAD VMSAVE feature definition
KVM: SVM: Rename lbr_ctl field in the vmcb control area
KVM: SVM: Prepare for new bit definition in lbr_ctl
KVM: SVM: handle singlestep exception when skipping emulated instructions
KVM: x86: take slots_lock in kvm_free_pit
KVM: s390: Fix KVM_S390_GET_CMMA_BITS ioctl definition
kvm: vmx: Properly handle machine check during VM-entry
KVM: x86: update master clock before computing kvmclock_offset
kvm: nVMX: Shadow "high" parts of shadowed 64-bit VMCS fields
kvm: nVMX: Fix nested_vmx_check_msr_bitmap_controls
kvm: nVMX: Validate the I/O bitmaps on nested VM-entry
...
Hyper-V identifies vCPUs by Virtual Processor Index, which can be
queried via HV_X64_MSR_VP_INDEX msr. It is defined by the spec as a
sequential number which can't exceed the maximum number of vCPUs per VM.
APIC ids can be sparse and thus aren't a valid replacement for VP
indices.
Current KVM uses its internal vcpu index as VP_INDEX. However, to make
it predictable and persistent across VM migrations, the userspace has to
control the value of VP_INDEX.
This patch achieves that, by storing vp_index explicitly on vcpu, and
allowing HV_X64_MSR_VP_INDEX to be set from the host side. For
compatibility it's initialized to KVM vcpu index. Also a few variables
are renamed to make clear distinction betweed this Hyper-V vp_index and
KVM vcpu_id (== APIC id). Besides, a new capability,
KVM_CAP_HYPERV_VP_INDEX, is added to allow the userspace to skip
attempting msr writes where unsupported, to avoid spamming error logs.
Signed-off-by: Roman Kagan <rkagan@virtuozzo.com>
Signed-off-by: Radim Krčmář <rkrcmar@redhat.com>
Pull SCSI target updates from Nicholas Bellinger:
"It's been usually busy for summer, with most of the efforts centered
around TCMU developments and various target-core + fabric driver bug
fixing activities. Not particularly large in terms of LoC, but lots of
smaller patches from many different folks.
The highlights include:
- ibmvscsis logical partition manager support (Michael Cyr + Bryant
Ly)
- Convert target/iblock WRITE_SAME to blkdev_issue_zeroout (hch +
nab)
- Add support for TMR percpu LUN reference counting (nab)
- Fix a potential deadlock between EXTENDED_COPY and iscsi shutdown
(Bart)
- Fix COMPARE_AND_WRITE caw_sem leak during se_cmd quiesce (Jiang Yi)
- Fix TMCU module removal (Xiubo Li)
- Fix iser-target OOPs during login failure (Andrea Righi + Sagi)
- Breakup target-core free_device backend driver callback (mnc)
- Perform TCMU add/delete/reconfig synchronously (mnc)
- Fix TCMU multiple UIO open/close sequences (mnc)
- Fix TCMU CHECK_CONDITION sense handling (mnc)
- Fix target-core SAM_STAT_BUSY + TASK_SET_FULL handling (mnc + nab)
- Introduce TYPE_ZBC support in PSCSI (Damien Le Moal)
- Fix possible TCMU memory leak + OOPs when recalculating cmd base
size (Xiubo Li + Bryant Ly + Damien Le Moal + mnc)
- Add login_keys_workaround attribute for non RFC initiators (Robert
LeBlanc + Arun Easi + nab)"
* 'for-next' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/nab/target-pending: (68 commits)
iscsi-target: Add login_keys_workaround attribute for non RFC initiators
Revert "qla2xxx: Fix incorrect tcm_qla2xxx_free_cmd use during TMR ABORT"
tcmu: clean up the code and with one small fix
tcmu: Fix possbile memory leak / OOPs when recalculating cmd base size
target: export lio pgr/alua support as device attr
target: Fix return sense reason in target_scsi3_emulate_pr_out
target: Fix cmd size for PR-OUT in passthrough_parse_cdb
tcmu: Fix dev_config_store
target: pscsi: Introduce TYPE_ZBC support
target: Use macro for WRITE_VERIFY_32 operation codes
target: fix SAM_STAT_BUSY/TASK_SET_FULL handling
target: remove transport_complete
pscsi: finish cmd processing from pscsi_req_done
tcmu: fix sense handling during completion
target: add helper to copy sense to se_cmd buffer
target: do not require a transport_complete for SCF_TRANSPORT_TASK_SENSE
target: make device_mutex and device_list static
tcmu: Fix flushing cmd entry dcache page
tcmu: fix multiple uio open/close sequences
tcmu: drop configured check in destroy
...
There is a flaw in the Hyper-V SynIC implementation in KVM: when message
page or event flags page is enabled by setting the corresponding msr,
KVM zeroes it out. This is problematic because on migration the
corresponding MSRs are loaded on the destination, so the content of
those pages is lost.
This went unnoticed so far because the only user of those pages was
in-KVM hyperv synic timers, which could continue working despite that
zeroing.
Newer QEMU uses those pages for Hyper-V VMBus implementation, and
zeroing them breaks the migration.
Besides, in newer QEMU the content of those pages is fully managed by
QEMU, so zeroing them is undesirable even when writing the MSRs from the
guest side.
To support this new scheme, introduce a new capability,
KVM_CAP_HYPERV_SYNIC2, which, when enabled, makes sure that the synic
pages aren't zeroed out in KVM.
Signed-off-by: Roman Kagan <rkagan@virtuozzo.com>
Signed-off-by: Radim Krčmář <rkrcmar@redhat.com>
sem_ctime is initialized to the semget() time and then updated at every
semctl() that changes the array.
Thus it does not represent the time of the last change.
Especially, semop() calls are only stored in sem_otime, not in
sem_ctime.
This is already described in ipc/sem.c, I just overlooked that there is
a comment in include/linux/sem.h and man semctl(2) as well.
So: Correct wrong comments.
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20170515171912.6298-4-manfred@colorfullife.com
Signed-off-by: Manfred Spraul <manfred@colorfullife.com>
Cc: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Cc: <1vier1@web.de>
Cc: Davidlohr Bueso <dave@stgolabs.net>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
With current epoll architecture target files are addressed with
file_struct and file descriptor number, where the last is not unique.
Moreover files can be transferred from another process via unix socket,
added into queue and closed then so we won't find this descriptor in the
task fdinfo list.
Thus to checkpoint and restore such processes CRIU needs to find out
where exactly the target file is present to add it into epoll queue.
For this sake one can use kcmp call where some particular target file
from the queue is compared with arbitrary file passed as an argument.
Because epoll target files can have same file descriptor number but
different file_struct a caller should explicitly specify the offset
within.
To test if some particular file is matching entry inside epoll one have
to
- fill kcmp_epoll_slot structure with epoll file descriptor,
target file number and target file offset (in case if only
one target is present then it should be 0)
- call kcmp as kcmp(pid1, pid2, KCMP_EPOLL_TFD, fd, &kcmp_epoll_slot)
- the kernel fetch file pointer matching file descriptor @fd of pid1
- lookups for file struct in epoll queue of pid2 and returns traditional
0,1,2 result for sorting purpose
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20170424154423.511592110@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Cyrill Gorcunov <gorcunov@openvz.org>
Acked-by: Andrey Vagin <avagin@openvz.org>
Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Cc: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@virtuozzo.com>
Cc: Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
Cc: Jason Baron <jbaron@akamai.com>
Cc: Andy Lutomirski <luto@amacapital.net>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
In case of KVM_S390_GET_CMMA_BITS, the kernel does not only read struct
kvm_s390_cmma_log passed from userspace (which constitutes _IOC_WRITE),
it also writes back a return value (which constitutes _IOC_READ) making
this an _IOWR ioctl instead of _IOW.
Fixes: 4036e387 ("KVM: s390: ioctls to get and set guest storage attributes")
Signed-off-by: Gleb Fotengauer-Malinovskiy <glebfm@altlinux.org>
Acked-by: Christian Borntraeger <borntraeger@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Radim Krčmář <rkrcmar@redhat.com>
Commit ac6424b981 ("sched/wait: Rename wait_queue_t =>
wait_queue_entry_t") had scripted the renaming incorrectly, and didn't
actually check that the 'wait_queue_t' was a full token.
As a result, it also triggered on 'wait_queue_token', and renamed that
to 'wait_queue_entry_token' entry in the autofs4 packet structure
definition too. That was entirely incorrect, and not intended.
The end result built fine when building just the kernel - because
everything had been renamed consistently there - but caused problems in
user space because the "struct autofs_packet_missing" type is exported
as part of the uapi.
This scripts it all back again:
git grep -lw wait_queue_entry_token |
xargs sed -i 's/wait_queue_entry_token/wait_queue_token/g'
and checks the end result.
Reported-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
Fixes: ac6424b981 ("sched/wait: Rename wait_queue_t => wait_queue_entry_t")
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Pull scheduler fixes from Thomas Gleixner:
"This scheduler update provides:
- The (hopefully) final fix for the vtime accounting issues which
were around for quite some time
- Use types known to user space in UAPI headers to unbreak user space
builds
- Make load balancing respect the current scheduling domain again
instead of evaluating unrelated CPUs"
* 'sched-urgent-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip:
sched/headers/uapi: Fix linux/sched/types.h userspace compilation errors
sched/fair: Fix load_balance() affinity redo path
sched/cputime: Accumulate vtime on top of nsec clocksource
sched/cputime: Move the vtime task fields to their own struct
sched/cputime: Rename vtime fields
sched/cputime: Always set tsk->vtime_snap_whence after accounting vtime
vtime, sched/cputime: Remove vtime_account_user()
Revert "sched/cputime: Refactor the cputime_adjust() code"
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQEzBAABCAAdFiEEK2m5VNv+CHkogTfJ8vlZVpUNgaMFAllhktgACgkQ8vlZVpUN
gaOQIQf+KM2s46sxxEl0/hjdBXR4OxTmSS2/0900NPyg7JHKlL8PdYslOyvMiKjo
wEi+YPwwQgbHtxhI1VINfV/q12MZHwvmFOfD9NzjrISwfmfsKj0dBgZDAfBH82sK
12wKgUxA8xJ4P+Xdvnz2PokRcFCsh1YUr5IUQkP3JR2RZOxNFUj42QwPJ2yWzqxO
MsnepMjIHsxvXZi0E7sPjRaoFsh3DDeLmNl8sX6INodC7hxJ1LotYKqJhA4stQpB
ezXY2tabwg3gaOWvWH7THyHhGntbZVDga3iRrKdNLahXN8OBdHktmG75ubiN6tEg
x80pqQLgr41yIQuJVOuyeh5jLYZrww==
=i4r9
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'fscrypt_for_linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tytso/fscrypt
Pull fscrypt updates from Ted Ts'o:
"Add support for 128-bit AES and some cleanups to fscrypt"
* tag 'fscrypt_for_linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tytso/fscrypt:
fscrypt: make ->dummy_context() return bool
fscrypt: add support for AES-128-CBC
fscrypt: inline fscrypt_free_filename()
Pull input updates from Dmitry Torokhov:
- a new driver for STM FingerTip touchscreen
- a new driver for D-Link DIR-685 touch keys
- updated list of supported devices in xpad driver
- other assorted updates and fixes
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dtor/input: (23 commits)
MAINTAINERS: update input subsystem patterns
Input: introduce KEY_ASSISTANT
Input: xpad - sync supported devices with XBCD
Input: xpad - sync supported devices with 360Controller
Input: xen-kbdfront - use string constants from PV protocol
Input: stmfts - mark all PM functions as __maybe_unused
Input: add support for the STMicroelectronics FingerTip touchscreen
Input: add D-Link DIR-685 touchkeys driver
Input: s3c2410_ts - handle return value of clk_prepare_enable
Input: axp20x-pek - add wakeup support
Input: synaptics-rmi4 - use %phN to form F34 configuration ID
Input: synaptics-rmi4 - change a char type to u8
Input: sparse-keymap - remove sparse_keymap_free()
Input: tsc2007 - move header file out of I2C realm
Input: mms114 - move header file out of I2C realm
Input: mcs - move header file out of I2C realm
Input: lm8323 - move header file out of I2C realm
Input: elantech - force relative mode on a certain module
Input: elan_i2c - add support for fetching chip type on newer hardware
Input: elan_i2c - check if device is there before really probing
...
Consistently use types provided by <linux/types.h> to fix the following
linux/sched/types.h userspace compilation errors:
/usr/include/linux/sched/types.h:57:2: error: unknown type name 'u32'
u32 size;
...
u64 sched_period;
Signed-off-by: Dmitry V. Levin <ldv@altlinux.org>
Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # v4.12
Fixes: e2d1e2aec5 ("sched/headers: Move various ABI definitions to <uapi/linux/sched/types.h>")
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20170705162328.GA11026@altlinux.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
* Introduce the _flushcache() family of memory copy helpers and use them
for persistent memory write operations on x86. The _flushcache()
semantic indicates that the cache is either bypassed for the copy
operation (movnt) or any lines dirtied by the copy operation are
written back (clwb, clflushopt, or clflush).
* Extend dax_operations with ->copy_from_iter() and ->flush()
operations. These operations and other infrastructure updates allow
all persistent memory specific dax functionality to be pushed into
libnvdimm and the pmem driver directly. It also allows dax-specific
sysfs attributes to be linked to a host device, for example:
/sys/block/pmem0/dax/write_cache
* Add support for the new NVDIMM platform/firmware mechanisms introduced
in ACPI 6.2 and UEFI 2.7. This support includes the v1.2 namespace
label format, extensions to the address-range-scrub command set, new
error injection commands, and a new BTT (block-translation-table)
layout. These updates support inter-OS and pre-OS compatibility.
* Fix a longstanding memory corruption bug in nfit_test.
* Make the pmem and nvdimm-region 'badblocks' sysfs files poll(2)
capable.
* Miscellaneous fixes and small updates across libnvdimm and the nfit
driver.
Acknowledgements that came after the branch was pushed:
commit 6aa734a2f3 "libnvdimm, region, pmem: fix 'badblocks'
sysfs_get_dirent() reference lifetime"
Reviewed-by: Toshi Kani <toshi.kani@hpe.com>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=xKQB
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'libnvdimm-for-4.13' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/nvdimm/nvdimm
Pull libnvdimm updates from Dan Williams:
"libnvdimm updates for the latest ACPI and UEFI specifications. This
pull request also includes new 'struct dax_operations' enabling to
undo the abuse of copy_user_nocache() for copy operations to pmem.
The dax work originally missed 4.12 to address concerns raised by Al.
Summary:
- Introduce the _flushcache() family of memory copy helpers and use
them for persistent memory write operations on x86. The
_flushcache() semantic indicates that the cache is either bypassed
for the copy operation (movnt) or any lines dirtied by the copy
operation are written back (clwb, clflushopt, or clflush).
- Extend dax_operations with ->copy_from_iter() and ->flush()
operations. These operations and other infrastructure updates allow
all persistent memory specific dax functionality to be pushed into
libnvdimm and the pmem driver directly. It also allows dax-specific
sysfs attributes to be linked to a host device, for example:
/sys/block/pmem0/dax/write_cache
- Add support for the new NVDIMM platform/firmware mechanisms
introduced in ACPI 6.2 and UEFI 2.7. This support includes the v1.2
namespace label format, extensions to the address-range-scrub
command set, new error injection commands, and a new BTT
(block-translation-table) layout. These updates support inter-OS
and pre-OS compatibility.
- Fix a longstanding memory corruption bug in nfit_test.
- Make the pmem and nvdimm-region 'badblocks' sysfs files poll(2)
capable.
- Miscellaneous fixes and small updates across libnvdimm and the nfit
driver.
Acknowledgements that came after the branch was pushed: commit
6aa734a2f3 ("libnvdimm, region, pmem: fix 'badblocks'
sysfs_get_dirent() reference lifetime") was reviewed by Toshi Kani
<toshi.kani@hpe.com>"
* tag 'libnvdimm-for-4.13' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/nvdimm/nvdimm: (42 commits)
libnvdimm, namespace: record 'lbasize' for pmem namespaces
acpi/nfit: Issue Start ARS to retrieve existing records
libnvdimm: New ACPI 6.2 DSM functions
acpi, nfit: Show bus_dsm_mask in sysfs
libnvdimm, acpi, nfit: Add bus level dsm mask for pass thru.
acpi, nfit: Enable DSM pass thru for root functions.
libnvdimm: passthru functions clear to send
libnvdimm, btt: convert some info messages to warn/err
libnvdimm, region, pmem: fix 'badblocks' sysfs_get_dirent() reference lifetime
libnvdimm: fix the clear-error check in nsio_rw_bytes
libnvdimm, btt: fix btt_rw_page not returning errors
acpi, nfit: quiet invalid block-aperture-region warnings
libnvdimm, btt: BTT updates for UEFI 2.7 format
acpi, nfit: constify *_attribute_group
libnvdimm, pmem: disable dax flushing when pmem is fronting a volatile region
libnvdimm, pmem, dax: export a cache control attribute
dax: convert to bitmask for flags
dax: remove default copy_from_iter fallback
libnvdimm, nfit: enable support for volatile ranges
libnvdimm, pmem: fix persistence warning
...
This makes the device add, del reconfig operations sync. It fixes
the issue where for add and reconfig, we do not know if userspace
successfully completely the operation, so we leave invalid kernel
structs or report incorrect status for the config/reconfig operations.
Signed-off-by: Mike Christie <mchristi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
1. TCMU_ATTR_TYPE is too generic when it describes only the
reconfiguration type, so rename to TCMU_ATTR_RECONFIG_TYPE.
2. Only return the reconfig type when it is a
TCMU_CMD_RECONFIG_DEVICE command.
3. CONFIG_* type is not needed. We can pass the value along with an
ATTR to userspace, so it does not need to read sysfs/configfs.
4. Fix leak in tcmu_dev_path_store and rename to dev_config to
reflect it is more than just a path that can be changed.
6. Don't update kernel struct value if netlink sending fails.
Signed-off-by: Mike Christie <mchristi@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: "Bryant G. Ly" <bryantly@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
This patch adds more info about the attribute being changed,
so that usersapce can easily figure out what is happening.
Signed-off-by: Bryant G. Ly <bryantly@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-By: Mike Christie <mchristi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
This gives tcmu the ability to handle events that can cause
reconfiguration, such as resize, path changes, write_cache, etc...
Signed-off-by: Bryant G. Ly <bryantly@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-By: Mike Christie <mchristi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
